Travel and Tourism Media Placements

Page 1

Travel and Tourism Media Placements


Travel and Tourism Table Of Contents

Date

Publication

3/25/2018

The Bulletin

Taking a gamble on a revitalized Reno, Nevada

3/16/2018

The Washington Post

Taking a gamble on a revitalized Reno, Nevada

11/25/2017 8/29/2017 8/28/2017 8/20/2017 8/14/2017 8/14/2017

NBC Bay Area The Washington Post SFGATE The Wall Street Journal Hot Rod Hot Rod

8/12/2017

Hot Rod

8/12/207 8/12/2017 8/11/2017 8/10/2017

Hot Rod Hot Rod Hot Rod SFGATE

8/10/2017

Hot Rod

7/27/2017

Huffpost

7/27/2017

SFGATE

7/25/2017

Huffpost

1//20/2017

Conde Nast Traveler

11/3/2016 11/2/2016

Paste Magazine USA Today 10 Best

11/2/2016

USA Today 10 Best

11/1/2016 11/1/2016

USA Today 10 Best USA Today 10 Best

11/1/2016

USA Today 10 Best

9/27/2016

GiGi Eats Celebrities

9/23/2016

The Huffington Post

9/6/2016

NBC Bay Area

8/31/2016

Family Travel

8/18/2016

Title

U.S. Skiing:Meet 2018 Winter Olympic Hopeful Lila Fall for Lake Tahoe's secret season:Autumn The Great Reno Balloon Race: A race to the top Reno Puts Out the Welcome Mat for Burning Man Off the Beaten Path: Cruise Nights at A&W The Mopars of Hot August Night 2017-Gallery The General and his Army: Everything General Motors at Hot August Nights 2017 140 Ford of Hot August Nights Quarter-quarter-mile Drags at the nugget-Hot Cruisin After Dark at Hot August Nights 2017 The Great Reno Balloon Race: Fun, free and family Hot August Nights 2017: First Day Gallery of Hot Rods How Reno Became More Than My Favorite Road Stop Suite Spot: Eldorado Resorts, Reno This May Be The Bluest Place in The Country, But That's Not The Best Part The Best Family Ski Resorts in the U.S. and Canada Off The Grid: America's Loneliest Road 10 Best Tahoe City Restaurants and Cafes 10 Best Outdoor Activites in Lake Tahoe, Ice Skating and Ropes Courses 10 Best Things to Do for Free in Lake Tahoe 10 Best Desserts and Sweets in Lake Tahoe 10 Best Restaurants, Cafes and Bars in Incline Village Do you have your seat belt on? #HelloTahoe Your Guide to a Luxury Family Vacation in North Lake Tahoe Worth The Trip: Lake Tahoe Tasty: Food & Wine Fest It's Tough To Say "Ta-Ta" To Scenic Lake Tahoe

Good Day Sacramento Lake Tahoe Autumn Food & Wine Festival


Travel and Tourism Date 7/28/2016 7/19/2016 7/11/2016

Publication Momma's Cone City Could I Have That? Chicago Food Girl

Table Of Contents

7/1/2016 6/15/2016

Title Summer Without Reservations Lake Tahoe Top Ten Fun Getaway to North Lake Tahoe, Nevada 10 great ways to enjoy the Fourth of July before GrindTV the fireworks begin Southwest The Magazine Lake Tahoe BBC Where People Get Dirty for Science

5/18/2016

US News & World Report 10 Mountain Resorts for a Cool Summer Getaway

7/2/2016

5/23/2016

Outside

5/15/2016

NBC Bay Area

4/28/2016

Los Angeles Times

4/5/2016

JamBase

4/1/2016

OC Weekly

3/18/2016 3/1/2016 3/1/2016

AFAR Roads & Kingdoms Outside Magazine

2/26/2016

USA Today 10 Best

2/16/2016 2/15/2016 2/14/2016 2/1/2016 1/30/2016 1/21/2016 12/29/2015 12/1/2015 3/21/2015 3/11/2015

How to Get Outside (and Get Cultured) Every Weekend This Summer Worth The Trip: Free Concerts at North Lake Tahoe California: Yoga, music, outdoor thrills! Wanderlust Festival returns to Squaw Valley this summer Photos & The 10 Best Moments from WinterWonderGrass Tahoe 2016 Alaska Airlines Lets orange County Squeeze Out Tahoe Spring Skiing 11 Other Places in California to See Gorgeous Taking Shots With The Ski Bros in Tahoe The 28 Best Trips of 2016 Downhill Meets Downward Dog: Why Yoga Is The New Apres Ski

US News & World Report Top Spring Break Value Destinations for Families Lake Tahoe Ski Resorts Bouncing Back After Years of Drought San Francsico Chronicle Get To The Snow Without Winter Driving The Wall Street Journal Travel & Leisure

How El Nino is Impacting Lake Tahoe's Ski Season

Nostalgia-Craving Baby Boomers Are Driving Tourism The Wall Street Journal A Las Vegas Day Triip That's Totally Wild Huffpost Travel Tahoe Vintage and Modern Mountain Magazine Western Optimisim and a Heli Sporting Green: Sugar Bowl 75 Resort Sparked San Francisco Chronicle Sierra Snowplay DIY Farm-To-Table: Pick Your Own Fruit Around USA Today Travel The USA The Boston Globe


Travel and Tourism Date 3/3/2015 2/20/2015 2/15/2015 2/2/2015 1/23/2015

Publication

Table Of Contents

Title Reno Reborn: The Biggest Little City Goes Farm-ToSan Jose Mercury News Fork In Style 10 Best Things To Do At Kings Beach On Tahoe's USA Today 10 Best North Shore EastKent Lifestyle Hot Honeymoon Hotels-USA Edition Following In The Footsteps Of The Donner Party, Gear Patrol Skis In Tow The Poor Man's Guide To Food, Booze, Skiing, And Thrillist More In North Lake Tahoe

1/6/2015

Conde Nast Traveler

A Pro Skier's Guide To Undiscovered Lake Tahoe

1/1/2015

Via Magazine

1/1/2015

Via Magazine-Online

12/11/2014 12/9/2014

The New York Times The Globe And Mail

12/8/2014

The Globe And Mail

12/5/2014

LA Times

12/1/2014 12/1/2014 11/18/2014

Destination Weddings Sunset Magazine Food & Wine

5 Things We Love: Tahoe City , Calif. Tahoe City Culture Thrives With Festivals, Live Performances, Cinema, And Down-To-Earth Dining. Getting Into Backcountry Safely Reno's Road To Salvation Reno's Incredible Revamp (Have You Seen What's Changed?) At California's Sugar Bowl Ski Resort, A 75-Year Run Of Rustic Charm

10/15/2014

Yahoo! Travel

10/1/2014

Modern Luxury

8/26/2014

Sherman's Travel Blog

8/22/2014 8/21/2014 8/7/2014 8/1/2014 7/1/2014 5/1/2014 4/1/2014 3/4/2014 1/27/2014 1/10/2014 1/10/2014

Santa Barbara Independent Expedia Blog NBC Bay Area Mountain Living Sunset Magazine Avid Golfer Kiaora Magazine Outside Magazine Family Circle The New York Times The Travel Channel

12/2/2013

CNN Travel

Lake Tahoe Mountain Weddings A Perfect Day In Serene Lakes 5 Excellent Places To Eat In Reno The Ultimate Mountain Biking In Tahoe: A Casino, Crazy Inclines, And Big Brown Bears Turns Ahead

7 Best Spots for Beginners to Learn Stand-Up Paddling Reno: Home to Choice Food, Spas, and Art Las Vegas: Dive Bars' Escapist Lure TahoeART Month: September Surprises Rediscovering Reno Discover In the Pure Air Up There Big Little City 2014 Travel Awards: Best Lake Winter Olympics-Inspired Travel Tahoe, Calif. Things To Do in Lake Tahoe 15 Lesser-Known Ski Resorts to Check Out this Winter


Travel and Tourism Date

11/1/2013 10/15/2013 9/23/2013 9/20/2013 9/20/2013 9/19/2013 9/18/2013 9/1/2013 8/16/2013 8/15/2013 7/1/2013 7/1/2013 3/1/2013 2/11/2013 5/25/2012 12/26/2011 4/19/2009 3/1/2009 2/1/2009 1/1/2009 1/1/2009 12/1/2008 10/1/2008 11/1/2008 10/1/2008 9/1/2008 8/1/2008 7/11/2008 7/1/2008 6/1/2008 6/1/2008 3/1/2008 1/1/2008 1/1/2008 1/1/2008 12/14/2007 12/1/2007 12/1/2007 11/1/2007 11/1/2007 11/15/2007 11/1/2007 11/1/2007

Publication

Spirit The New York Times Triathlete Europe Capital Public Radio New York Travel Good Day Sacramento KRCA.com Via Magazine

Table Of Contents Title

Reno A Reno Neighborhood Drinks in Style McDonald & Lundstom Win Ironman Lake Tahoe North Lake Tahoe Hosts Ironman Where to Eat Black Rock Mud Lake Tahoe Ironman Triathlon Draws Thousands Fallon, Nev. North America's Best Lakeside Retreats: From Great Vogue Lakes to Golden Ponds Triathlete Kings Beach Alaska Airlines Enjoying Reno and Lake Tahoe Spirit Spirit of Nevada National Geographic Top 10 Emerging Ski Towns The Wall Street Journal Resorts Open Unbeaten Paths National Geographic Flocking to Fallon Autoweek Baron Of The Ball The San Francisco Examiner Travel Food & Wine Ski & Eat Robb Report - Vacation Home Fly-In, Ski-Out Ski Spread Black Diamonds In The Rough Travel Insider Nice And Easy In Napa Travel + Leisure Skiing Robb Report- Vacation Home Belize-The Europeans are Coming Outside Magazine Ski Hot List San Francisco Magazine Mammoth Mountain Ocean Home Costa Rica Vegas Magazine Vacation Home, Sweet Home The Hollywood Reporter Eco Luxury Arizona Foothills Magazine California Estates West French Twist Estates West Fair Weather Fare Oxygen Leap of Faith Worth Magazine Southern Exposure Mountain Living Magazine Top Mountain Restaurants Travel The High and The Mighty The Wall Street Journal South of the Border, the Market's Still Hot Colorado Homes and Lifestyle The Market is Moving at a Gallop Sunset Magazine Lift Your Spirits And Impress Your Dinner Guests AAA - Going Places Costa Rica - Nature's Handiwork Lux Life Magazine Après Ski New York Post Tropic Zone Los Angeles Magazine Snow Wonder 7x7 San Francisco Take 7- Sydney


Travel and Tourism Date

Publication

Table Of Contents Title

10/1/2007 Ski Magazine Mammoth Mountain 10/1/2007 Vegas Magazine Vegas Property Report 10/1/2007 Estates West Costa to Coast 9/16/2007 s Angeles Times - West MagazA Shore Thing 7/1/2007 50+ Builder Wildhorse Meadows in Steamboat Springs, CO 5/31/2007 FOAM Squaw Valley, Lake Tahoe 3/23/2007 The New York Times Wildhorse Meadows 3/1/2007 Diablo Magazine Squaw Valley In Summer 1/27/2007 The Examiner Vacation Home 1/17/2007 Travel Magazine Zipping into Costa Rica 1/1/2007 lifornia Home+Design Magaz First Resort 1/1/2007 US Airways The 19th Hole 1/1/2007 Robb Report- Vacation Home Punta Dominical, Costa Rica


Taking a gamble on a revitalized Reno, Nevada By ELIZABETH ZACH Published March 25, 2018 at 12:02AM Midway through his 1940 Western classic “The Ox-Bow Incident,” author Walter Van Tilburg Clark paints the barren Nevada landscape that is the backdrop to a lynch-mob killing.

He writes plaintively of snowy peaks, even in the summer months, of dried creekbeds, meadows bedecked in purple and golden wildflowers, violets “as big as the ball of a man’s thumb,” and timber “to the tops of the hills.” In late summer, “you’d see a sheepherder small out in the middle, with his burro and dogs and flock. . . .”

“It was,” he concludes, “a lovely, chill, pine-smelling valley, as lonely as you could want.”

“Ox-Bow” is set in the waning years of Nevada’s Silver Rush, a decade after gold was discovered in California but during a time when cattle rustling could still lead to vigilante justice. Oddly, though I’d grown up in Northern California, I’d never heard of the book nor much even about the Comstock Lode discovered near Virginia City, just south of Reno, in 1859.

I begrudgingly agreed to read the novel several years ago while living in Europe. Some German friends had eagerly asked me about it, assuming I was familiar with all things American West. Soon enough, not only was I sucked into Clark’s tale of murder, but also his vivid descriptions of a landscape I’d always dismissed as forgettable hinterlands despite never having set foot in Nevada.


When I moved back to California, I found that friends were swooning about the “Reno-ssance” that began about 2011. The city attracted companies such as Apple, Amazon, Panasonic and Tesla to move to Nevada with tax breaks. To satisfy its growing population of younger residents and families (and more retirees from California seeking cheaper living), new art galleries, a revamped river promenade, brasseries, microbreweries and quirky areas such as the Midtown and Riverwalk districts have taken root and replaced some of the seedier landscape for which Reno is typically known.

Last spring, I drove over the still-snowy Sierra Nevada range in search of that urban renewal — and to see the rural vistas Clark had described so well.

I figured that it might take some digging to mine modern Reno’s figurative silver. But in this gaming town, I was more than game.

I drove in and arrived at the stylish Whitney Peak Hotel. The city’s first nongaming, nonsmoking hotel, open since 2011, overlooks the prominent “Biggest Little City in the World” sign. After a scone and tea and some people-watching at the cozy Hub Coffee Roasters, I strolled through the Riverwalk District that skirts the Truckee River, which was running wild after a banner year of rain that ended nearby California’s epic five-year drought. Farther on, I passed Bryan Tedrick’s sculpture “Portal of Evolution.” First displayed at the Burning Man festival in 2009, it seems to be a Reno landmark, and features a butterfly atop droopy blooms — but, by other accounts I heard here and there, it more resembles fallopian tubes.

I frankly preferred a temporary exhibition of wistful Maynard Dixon landscapes at the Nevada Museum of Art, an impressive and imposing four-level structure inspired by Nevada’s Black Rock Desert. Another fine exhibition featured modern and contemporary — and political — Mexican art and photography, including pieces by Diego Rivera and David Alfaro Siqueiros. Yet another detailed the making of Swiss artist Ugo Rondinone’s “Seven Magic Mountains.” Placed in the desert near Jean, the sculpture is an unmissable landmark of stacked limestone boulders painted in Day-Glo hues. I later wandered to the museum’s Sky Plaza, where from a balcony, I had a dreamy view of the snowy Sierras. Afterward, I found myself meandering southward from their base, more or less in search of Dixon’s and Clark’s landscapes.

I think I found those in the vast and searing Carson Valley, where I languished a bit in tiny Genoa, the state’s oldest settlement and, perhaps not surprisingly, home to its oldest bar. There, weary explorers, trappers and pioneers — if they were lucky to have survived crossing a


desert that stretches to Utah — gathered supplies and courage to then scale the looming Sierras, mostly in search of gold.

Another day, I drove northward to Pyramid Lake, taking note along the way of a sign heralding a “Wild Horse Adoption Center.” The rocky, barren terrain enforced an unmistakable loneliness and uncertainty, but eventually, both gave way around a bend to the anemic — yet striking — lake and signature pyramidlike rock, Anaho Island, at its eastern shore. Aside from a handful of anglers at Warrior Point, the place was empty and the water like glass. I stopped by the marina to buy a sandwich and chips before parking alongside the fishermen’s campers. Sitting near the shore, I watched them slowly wade in and patiently cast their lines.

Later, while sipping Picon Punch — or orange bitters — at the J.T. Basque Bar & Dining Room in Gardnerville, an hour south of Reno, I asked Marie Louise Lekumberry about Carson Valley back in the day. Her father, a Basque sheepherder, had settled in the area in 1947 along with many of his countrymen. He eventually opened a boardinghouse, which houses the restaurant and bar. Marie Louise and her brother run the place, and as she served me a hearty burgundy and homemade chicken and rice soup, she described how her father envisioned the boardinghouse as a “home away from home” for the lonely ranch hands by offering them the familiarity of the Basque tongue and cuisine.

Marie Louise’s recounting of those long-gone days, her inadvertent evocation of Clark’s “sheepherder small out in the middle, with his burro and dogs and flock” drew me back to “OxBow.”

Clark, I later read, was considered a Westerner because all of his tales are set in Nevada. In fact, he was born in Maine, and only ended up in Reno because his father accepted a position as president of the University of Nevada in 1915. Clark settled on the East Coast as an adult, and started his writing career there — but the Silver State’s searing landscape, with its wild yet tranquil terrain, would inspire his imagination. In the brief days I traversed the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, it inspired mine, too.


Taking a gamble on a revitalized Reno By Elizabeth Zach March 16

Midway through his 1940 Western classic “The Ox-Bow Incident,” author Walter Van Tilburg Clark paints the barren Nevada landscape that is the backdrop to a lynch-mob killing.

He writes plaintively of snowy peaks, even in the summer months, of dried creekbeds, meadows bedecked in purple and golden wildflowers, violets “as big as the ball of a man’s


thumb,” and timber “to the tops of the hills.” In late summer, “you’d see a sheepherder small out in the middle, with his burro and dogs and flock. . . .”

“It was,” he concludes, “a lovely, chill, pine-smelling valley, as lonely as you could want.”

[How good is Britney’s revamped show in Vegas? It converted a Vegas hater. ]

“Ox-Bow” is set in the waning years of Nevada’s Silver Rush, a decade after gold was discovered in California but during a time when cattle rustling could still lead to vigilante justice. Oddly, though I’d grown up in Northern California, I’d never heard of the book nor much even about the Comstock Lode discovered near Virginia City, just south of Reno, in 1859.

I begrudgingly agreed to read the novel several years ago while living in Europe. Some German friends had eagerly asked me about it, assuming I was familiar with all things American West. Soon enough, not only was I sucked into Clark’s tale of murder, but also his vivid descriptions of a landscape I’d always dismissed as forgettable hinterlands despite never having set foot in Nevada.

When I moved back to California, I found that friends were swooning about the “Reno-ssance” that began around 2011. The city attracted companies like Apple, Amazon, Panasonic and Tesla to move to Nevada with tax breaks. To satisfy its growing population of younger residents and families (and more retirees from California seeking cheaper living), new art galleries, a revamped river promenade, brasseries, microbreweries and quirky areas such as the Midtown and Riverwalk districts have taken root and replaced some of the seedier landscape for which Reno is typically known.

Last spring, I drove over the still snowy Sierra Nevada range in search of that urban renewal — and to see the rural vistas Clark had described so well. I figured that it might take some digging to mine modern Reno’s figurative silver. But in this gaming town, I was more than game.

I drove in and arrived at the stylish Whitney Peak Hotel. The city’s first nongaming, nonsmoking hotel, open since 2011, overlooks the prominent “Biggest Little City in the World” sign. After a


scone and tea and some people-watching at the cozy Hub Coffee Roasters, I strolled through the Riverwalk District that skirts the Truckee River, which was running wild after a banner year of rain that ended nearby California’s epic five-year drought. Farther on, I passed Bryan Tedrick’s sculpture “Portal of Evolution.” First displayed at the Burning Man festival in 2009, it now seems to be a Reno landmark, and features a butterfly atop droopy blooms — but, by other accounts I heard here and there, it more resembles fallopian tubes.

I frankly preferred a temporary exhibition of wistful Maynard Dixon landscapes at the Nevada Museum of Art, an impressive and imposing four-level structure inspired by Nevada’s Black Rock Desert. Another fine exhibition featured modern and contemporary — and political — Mexican art and photography, including pieces by Diego Rivera and David Alfaro Siqueiros. Yet another detailed the making of Swiss artist Ugo Rondinone’s “Seven Magic Mountains.” Placed in the desert near Jean, the sculpture is an unmissable landmark of stacked limestone boulders painted in Day-Glo hues. I later wandered to the museum’s Sky Plaza, where from a balcony I


had a dreamy view of the snowy Sierras. Afterward, I found myself meandering southward from their base, more or less in search of Dixon’s and Clark’s landscapes. [Zappos’s CEO is helping revitalize downtown Las Vegas. He took me on a whirlwind tour. ]

I think I found those in the vast and searing Carson Valley, where I languished a bit in tiny Genoa, the state’s oldest settlement and, perhaps not surprisingly, home to its oldest bar. There, weary explorers, trappers and pioneers — if they were lucky to have survived crossing a desert that stretches to Utah — gathered supplies and courage to then scale the looming Sierras, mostly in search of gold.

Another day, I drove northward to Pyramid Lake, taking note along the way of a sign heralding a “Wild Horse Adoption Center.” The rocky, barren terrain enforced an unmistakable loneliness and uncertainty, but eventually both gave way around a bend to the anemic — yet striking — lake and signature pyramidlike rock, Anaho Island, at its eastern shore. Aside from a handful of anglers at Warrior Point, the place was empty and the water like glass. I stopped by the marina to buy a sandwich and chips before parking alongside the fishermen’s campers. Sitting near the shore, I watched them slowly wade in and patiently cast their lines.


Later, while sipping Picon Punch — or orange bitters — at the J.T. Basque Bar & Dining Room in Gardnerville, an hour south of Reno, I asked Marie Louise Lekumberry about Carson Valley back in the day. Her father, a Basque sheepherder, had settled in the area in 1947 along with many of his countrymen. He eventually opened a boardinghouse, which now houses the restaurant and bar. Marie Louise and her brother run the place, and as she served me a hearty burgundy and homemade chicken and rice soup, she described how her father envisioned the boardinghouse as a “home away from home” for the lonely ranch hands by offering them the familiarity of the Basque tongue and cuisine. Marie Louise’s recounting of those long-gone days, her inadvertent evocation of Clark’s “sheepherder small out in the middle, with his burro and dogs and flock” drew me back to “OxBow.”

Clark, I later read, was considered a Westerner because all of his tales are set in Nevada. In fact, he was born in Maine, and only ended up in Reno because his father accepted a position as president of the University of Nevada in 1915. Clark settled on the East Coast as an adult, and started his writing career there — but the Silver State’s searing landscape, with its wild yet


tranquil terrain, would inspire his imagination. In the brief days I traversed the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, it inspired mine, too.

Zach is a writer based in Northern California. Her website is elizabethzach.com.


U.S. Skiing: Meet 2018 Winter Olympic Hopeful Lila Lapanja 11/25/2017 By Garvin Thomas For someone who has spent 20 of her 22 years on this planet striving to go faster on skis, Lila Lapanja not long ago discovered the secret to Olympic success might just exist in slowing down. “Yeah that's actually a good point: slow down to go faster, less is more all those little analogies,” Lapanja said during a recent interview with NBC Bay Area at the Incline Village in Tahoe. New Evacuations as Huge Southern California Fire Flares Up It was not, Lapanja adds, an easy lesson to learn. Ever since she first strapped on skis at the age of two … speed is what Lila has been after. VIDEOCoroner IDs Woman Found Dead in Bay in Sunnyvale At first, it was just keeping up with her ski-racing father. “I kind of saw him as my older brother, someone I really wanted to compete with and beat and we would always have little races,” Lapanja said. “I'd say I’ll race you to the car, I’ll race you to the mountain, I’ll race you down the hill. Everything was a race.” VIDEO29 People Hurt When Bus Overturns in SF, Snarling Traffic But as Lapanja rose through the national ranks as a slalom skier and made the U.S. Ski Team, she pushed herself ever harder. Intense is the first word Lapanja uses to describe her athletic style. Her coaches and parents urged her to dial it back, but it wasn’t until her body spoke up in 2015 that she had no choice but to listen.


“I think I was overtraining a little bit and I was not doing the right kind of training.” Lapanja said. “There was just a moment in time in training where I just hit a bump and my back said, ‘nope we’re done, you can't ski anymore, we are done, you have to stop, you have to slow down.’ My whole life I've seen myself as an athlete, and to suddenly not be able to move and be athletic, it felt like someone had stolen my soul.” Lapanja battled back, learning smarter ways to train and ski, sometimes wondering if it was all worth it. Map: See Where Wildfires Are Burning in California But finally standing atop a world cup race course in Austria last year, she knew the answer was yes: “it was a magical night and it was snowing and there were probably 20,000 people in the crowd and I just remember thinking this is exactly where I want to be … This is exactly the feeling I want to feel.” The only better feeling, Lapanja said, will be doing the same thing at the 2018 games. Texas Law Firm Buys Plane to Dodge Bay Area's Living Costs Clubs: Diamond Peak Ski Team/Sugar Bowl Ski Academy Tech Companies Hire Models to Attend Holiday Parties: Report


Highlights WORLD CUP HIGHLIGHTS Steinle Vigil Vandalism Upsets Berkeley College Republicans 23rd, SL, Flachau, AUT, 2016 First World Cup points scored in only three starts U.S. CHAMPIONSHIPS 3rd, SL, Sugarloaf, ME, 2017 2nd, SL, Sun Valley, ID, 2016 3rd, SL, Squaw Valley, CO, 2014 (Junior SL Champion) Back-to-back U.S. Junior combined champion, 2012 and 2013 FIS JUNIOR WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS Teams: 2013, 2014 6th, SL, Jasna, SVK, 2014 15th, SL, Mont St. Anne, CAN, 2013 (Top American in SL and GS) OTHER NorAm Slalom Champion, 2014 and 2016 Ranked 4th, NorAm Overall, 2016 Western Region Overall and Jr. Slalom Champion, 2011 Published at 4:23 PM PST on Nov 23, 2017 | Updated at 9:45 AM PST on Nov 25, 2017


Fall for Lake Tahoe’s secret season: Autumn August 29

In this photo taken Tuesday Aug. 8, 2017, a pair of paddle boarders ply the waters of Lake Tahoe near Tahoe City, Calif. Lake Tahoe’s known for summer and winter fun, but there’s a third side to Tahoe: fall, when crowds thin out, rates are cheaper, weather’s mild and there’s even some leaf-peeping. (Rich Pedroncelli/Associated Press) SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, Calif. — Fringed by snow or gleaming cobalt blue under sunny skies, Lake Tahoe is a favorite in summer and winter. But there’s a third side to Tahoe: fall.


As crowds thin out, the region seems to take a breath as it prepares for the seasonal switchover from camping and sailing to ski runs and cozy chalet evenings. Trails are roomier, rates cheaper and the lake waters are beautiful but bracing. All this and leaf-peeping, too.

Here are some suggestions.

THE BASICS

Lake Tahoe is about 22 miles long (35 km) and 12 miles wide (19 km) at its widest point and straddles the California-Nevada state line. You can drive all the way around the lake most of the year although part of California Highway 89 along Emerald Bay Road may be closed in winter. Very broadly, the lake is divided up into North Lake Tahoe, reachable by Interstate 80, and South Lake Tahoe (the name of a city as well as an area), reachable by Highway 50. Tahoe City is partway down the lake on the west (California) side.

The east (Nevada) side of the lake is generally less developed, except for casinos in the north and south corners. On the southwest border, the city of South Lake Tahoe, California, abuts Stateline, Nevada, which is home to a number of casinos. To the north, casinos can be found in Incline Village and Crystal Bay, Nevada. Lodging ranges from mid-century style motels to rentals-by-owner to upscale hotels such as the Ritz-Carlton, part of the Northstar California Resort near Truckee, and the new Lodge at Edgewood Tahoe in Stateline.

Temperatures usually stay mild through September and even into October, although expect cooler temperatures as winter nears. Resorts and outdoor outfitters shut down summer activities as the weather turns.

LEAF PEEP

Lake Tahoe is surrounded by pines so it’s mostly green. But there are aspen groves that turn russet and gold in the fall. Most trails sport some fall color come mid-September, including the Eagle Lake trail. Another recommended spot is Page Meadow, near Tahoe City, which has a number of trails. To get there, drive 2 miles (3.2 km) south of Tahoe City on Highway 89, turn


on Pineland Drive, and then turn on Forest Service Road 15N60 or 16N48. At the north end, a good place to try is the Tunnel Creek trail in Incline Village.

ON THE CALENDAR

Two events celebrate food and wine this fall. On the northern side, the Lake Tahoe Autumn Food and Wine Festival takes place in Northstar, Sept. 8-10, with more than 20 events including dinners, wine tastings, outdoor activities and cooking classes. Ticket prices vary; full weekend, $270, http://www.tahoefoodandwine.com . On Sept. 16, Sample the Sierra in South Lake Tahoe pairs offerings from more than 20 restaurants as well as growers and producers with wine, beer or spirits. Locally made art, jewelry and crafts will also be featured at the festival marketplace; Bijou Community Park, 1201 Al Tahoe Blvd., $40, http://www.samplethesierra.com .

Three Oktoberfests are planned:

—In the north, the Village at Squaw Valley, Sept. 23, $20 entry (includes half-liter stein mug and two beer tickets), http://squawalpine.com/events-things-do/oktoberfest . —Tahoe City’s Annual Oktoberfest, Sept. 30, craft beer, live music, local vendors, no admission fee.

—In the south, Camp Richardson Resort, Oktoberfest, Oct. 7-8, pumpkin patch, beer steinholding and yodeling contests, no admission fee, http://www.camprichardson.com/oktoberfest .

Also Oct. 7-8, Taylor Creek Visitor Center, north of South Lake Tahoe on Highway 89, marks the annual migration of Kokanee salmon with a family event featuring treasure hunts, crafts and more, http://www.fs.usda.gov/goto/ltbmu/FallFishFest .

HIKE/BIKE

Along the west shore of Lake Tahoe, the short hike up to Eagle Falls or the longer trek to Eagle Lake — about a mile (1.6 km), moderately steep — is always popular. Visiting in fall (as well as


going earlier or later in the day) increases your chances of getting a parking spot in the small lot. To get there take Highway 89 north about 8 miles (13 km) from South Lake Tahoe and look for parking ($5) on the left.

Mountain biking is popular whenever conditions permit, but it’s especially relished in the fall, when crisp weather and empty trails make for good riding. Outfitters renting in the fall, weather depending, include Tahoe Adventure Company in Tahoe Vista, at the northern end of the lake (530-913-9212), and Flume Trail Mountain Bikes in Incline Village (775-298-2501). To take advantage of chair lift assist, the Northstar California Bike Park is open until approximately Oct 1. Downhill trails and lessons are available, http://www.northstarcalifornia.com/ . In the south, the family friendly, paved, Camp Richardson Bike Path passes several beaches. A convenient starting point is Anderson’s Bike Rentals, 645 Emerald Bay Rd. (877-720-2121). SUN/SWIM

The Tahoe shoreline includes scores of tiny pocket beaches as well as publicly accessible stretches of sand. King’s Beach at the north end of the lake is large, sandy and set in the small town of the same name. Parking $5 during off-peak season. On the south shore, Baldwin Beach is quiet, excellent for picnicking and reachable via the Camp Richardson bike path. Parking $8. Operated through mid-October.

___


The Great Reno Balloon Race: A race to the top (sponsored) Article presented by the Great Reno Balloon Race Published 1:42 pm, Monday, August 28, 2017

The Event Pilots prepare to showcase their unique hot-air balloons and race to the top during the 36th annual Great Reno Balloon Race, Sept. 8 through Sept. 10 at Rancho San Rafael Regional Park in Reno, Nevada. The world’s largest free hot-air balloon festival features upwards of 90 hot-air balloons floating across Nevada’s skyline. On Your Mark, Get Set, GO! After the morning glow show, and the eight hot-air balloons have risen into the early morning sky for Dawn Patrol, at 6:45 a.m., it's Mass Ascension, and the competition is on. The talented pilots at The Great Reno Balloon Race use wind currents and elevation to control the direction of their vessels as they


travel. As pilots ascend or descend into the variable sea of wind currents, their balloons are influenced in different directions. Each morning, pilots are briefed about wind speeds and directions at various “ceilings” or elevation measurements. The pilots use this information along with the forecasted weather changes and the local terrain as navigational tools. Skill and consistency are the keys to a victory and a piece of the $11,000 prize purse.

There is also a daily off-field competition, in which the balloonists pilot their vessels to specified targets. Once over their target, the balloonist attempts to hit the “X” with a beanbag. The balloonist landing his or her beanbag closest to the center scores the most points. A cumulative score from all three days of competition determines who wins the official prize purse. There is tremendous skill along with a bit of luck involved with maneuvering these giants of the sky. For this invitational event, pilots are required to have flown a minimum of 100 hours in their balloons before they'll even be considered. All balloons and pilots must meet The Great Reno Balloon Race safety standards. Pilots compete in a daily off-field competition, where a cumulative score from all three days of the competition determines who wins. It takes a bit of luck and a lot of knowledge about wind currents and elevation to control the direction of their vessels of the sky as they travel. For more information about where to see these pilots in action, visit RenoBalloon.com. Article presented by The Great Balloon Race


Reno Puts Out the Welcome Mat for Burning Man Once dreaded by some, attendees with money to burn are now eagerly awaited by local businesses Aug. 20, 2017 9:00 a.m. ET

A team works on a vehicle for this year's Burning Man at the Artech warehouse in Reno. Photo: Jim Carlton/The Wall Street Journal RENO, Nev.—The self-proclaimed “Biggest Little City in the World” is embracing a new role: gateway to Burning Man.


Some 70,000 people are estimated to gather to create a temporary city in the desert at the nine-day event beginning Aug. 27 that features art installations, music and people in quirky costumes. Reno is just 100 miles away, and many “Burners,” as they call themselves, will stop here to stock up on everything from dust masks to solar-powered showers.

For some local businesses, the influx is like Christmas in August.

The Melting Pot World Emporium, which stocks the goggles, masks and other accouterments that Burners favor, now counts on sales related to the event for 65% of its annual revenue, said co-owner Eric Baron.

“For us, it’s Christmas times 10,” Mr. Baron said last week as the first wave of local Burners began trickling in.

At Junkee Local Exchange, which carries used costumes and other Burner-type gear, August has eclipsed the October Halloween season as its biggest month, said manager Nichole Paul. The Burners spend an average of $300 to $400 each at the store, with some shelling out as much as $3,000. “It gets so busy in here we have to open a pop-up shop with two extra cash registers,” Ms. Paul said.

Locals weren’t always so welcoming to Burning Man. Burners sometimes drew complaints of bringing too much dirt and dust into town. The money that goes into the community now, though, has helped change that.

“People don’t thumb their noses at all now,” said Ken Hines, a Reno neon lighting artist who now spends two months out of the year working on Burning Man art projects. “They like the money.”

Burners collectively spent about $50 million in Nevada for items including fuel, food and lodging last year, according to a survey of eventgoers conducted for Black Rock City LLC, a San Francisco company that organizes the annual event to practice “radical self-reliance,” among other things.


This year, 17,000 Burners are expected to fly into the Reno-Tahoe International Airport, according to a spokesman for the airport, which offers bus transportation to and from the event called the Burner Express.

The temporary city is built in a dry lake bed, or playa. Reno stores are running Burning Man specials, with Twin City Surplus offering a 25% “Playa” discount on items such as zip ties and Army tents.

Businesses also are gearing up for a second wave of spending when Burners return from the desert and overwhelm everything from carwashes to local hotels—many of which offer decompression parties. Eldorado Resorts Inc., for example, is marketing “The Great Depressurization,” where Burners can kick back with music, comedy and other entertainment at its Reno hotels including the Silver Legacy and Circus Circus.

A more lasting impact from Burning Man is Reno’s growing role in making and displaying the fanciful artworks that are a signature of Burning Man. This year, the giant wooden “Man” that is burned to conclude every Burning Man was made in Reno for the first time.

The Nevada Museum of Art here on July 1 opened a seven-month exhibition of the “City of Dust: The Evolution of Burning Man,” which includes a pictorial history of the event that began on a San Francisco beach in 1986. And a 12-foot-high, steel sculpture of the word “Believe” last year was put on permanent display in the Reno City Plaza after debuting at the 2013 Burning Man; one of a growing number of Burning Man artworks on display around the city.

“We’re really trying to become the biggest little art city,” said Alexis Hill, the city’s arts, culture and events manager.

And increasingly, the Burning Man artworks are being built in Reno. Two years ago, an artists’ collective called Artech opened in a warehouse on the city’s outskirts, where new works for this year’s Burning Man—including “Bloom,” a 40-foot, steel and glass jellyfish—were being finished last week.


“To have this [Burning Man] in our backyard?” asked Peter Hazel, the local artist who created “Bloom.” “If you want to be a professional artist, this is the place to be.”

Write to Jim Carlton at jim.carlton@wsj.com

Appeared in the August 21, 2017, print edition as 'Reno Sees Dollars in Burning Man.'


Off the Beaten Path: Cruise Nights at A&W – Gallery Written by pthomas on August 14, 2017

While downtown Reno is where the party is at during Hot August Nights, the cruise-in culture began at the burger stand cash register. While drive-in burger joints have largely disappeared, A&W still plays host every night during HAN for locals and out-of-towners with an easy-going evening of music and cool cars. Plus, you can’t walk out of A&W without a fistful of cheese curds — it’s impossible.







The Mopars of Hot August Nights 2017 – Gallery August 14, 2017

The black sheep of the Big Three has built some of the most well-loved muscle cars of the era, with names like ‘Cuda, Charger, and Challenger putting would-be street opponents on notice. We snuck some AMC in here too, even though the marriage barely made it past the honeymoon phase. Whether it was at the track, on the street, or in the show-n-shine, Mopar lives forever at Hot August Nights 2017!







The General and his Army: Everything General Motors at Hot August Nights 2017 August 12, 2017

General Motors, jokingly referred to as “the General” at times, has an army of brands that stretch from the working man’s hot rod (Chevrolet) to the business elite’s rolling cocoon (Cadillac). Though the company is slimmer nowadays, with Pontiac and Oldsmobile retired, Hot August Nights provides ample opportunity to get reacquainted with some the most iconic machines built with cruise-ins, drag races, and show-n-shines. We grabbed a handful of our favorites for you to peruse, so check out the gallery below for nearly 200 shots from Reno!







140 Fords of Hot August Nights August 12, 2017

If not for his infamous you can have any color you want, as long as it’s black mandate for the Model T, Henry Ford’s mass-produced machines might’ve never become the perfect canvas for hot rodders. Some of the most iconic hot rods out in our time are Fords, and there’s no shortage of that wake a century later. From Mustangs to Model Ts, we’ve got a loaded gallery of our favorite FoMoCo rides at Hot August Nights.







Quarter-quarter-mile Drags at the Nugget – Hot August Nights Gallery August 12, 2017 You read that right: one-sixteenth of a mile! For six years, the Nugget Casino Resort in Sparks, NV has hosted their parking lot drags. Anyone can enter, and while they run a heads-up tree, the race is scored on two factors each night, reaction time and a 5-second index, with small payouts. It’s a mixture of local track cars and out-of-towners in their own machines, including this radical Model A sedan bolted to a Dodge Ram 2500 chassis, complete with a big-turbo Cummins.






Cruisin’ After Dark at Hot August Nights 2017 – Gallery August 11, 2017

Can’t be at Hot August Nights in Reno, NV? Don’t worry, we got you covered. Downtown Reno turns into a cacophony of lumpy idles and choppy revs as hundreds of cars descend on the Biggest Little City in the World for a week of car shows, swap meets, and cruise nights. Check out our massive gallery of cruise photos to see the action!










The Great Reno Balloon Race: Fun, free and family friendly event (sponsored) Sponsored by Reno Balloon Published 2:53 pm, Thursday, August 10, 2017

Fun for the whole family The world’s largest free hot-air balloon festival, The Great Reno Balloon Race (GRBR) prepares to captivate spectators during its 36th annual event Sept. 8 through Sept.10 at Rancho San Rafael Regional Park in Reno, Nevada. With upwards of 90 unique hot-air balloons, the event is guaranteed to bring a smile to every face in the audience. Spectators are invited to gaze into the early morning sky, while sitting atop blankets and folding chairs with a hot beverage and breakfast in hand. “There is something about waking up early, bundling up in blankets, and staring up at these magnificent balloons,” said Executive Director of GRBR Pete Copeland. “Every single year, much like the spectators, I am drawn in by the pure magic of the event—of the spectacular balloons and the memories that I know families and friends are making.” New and Returning Balloon Shapes


Spectators will see a variety of special-shaped balloons, including new-to-the-event special shapes: Yellow Bird; Speed Runner; Pepe; Purple People Eater; American Rocket, a depiction of a rocket ship; and Tic Toc, a giant clock. Returning special shapes include: Darth Vader; Master Yoda; Miss Bell, a replica of the Liberty Bell; Smokey Bear; Sushi; Gus T. Guppy; Wells Fargo’s Cent’re Stage; Pencil Boy and more. For more information about this free family friendly event, visit RenoBalloon.com. Sponsored by Reno Balloon


Hot August Nights 2017: First Day Gallery Of Hot Rods August 10, 2017

Seeing the streets of downtown Reno packed with street rods, muscle cars, classic trucks, and other assorted varieties of specialty vehicles is a sight that brings enthusiasts from all over the country to this city. When STREET RODDER showed up on Tuesday, the city streets were already blocked off, but the vehicles wouldn’t be brought in until the next day. Seeing these streets empty was strange, knowing what it would look like starting the next morning and for the rest of the week.


Sure enough, on Wednesday, the downtown streets were packed with amazing vehicles. Downtown is the hub of the action, but only one of numerous locations where this is happening. The parking lots at casino resorts in other parts of town and in the adjacent city of Sparks were also filled with impressive iron. A little bit of afternoon raid on Wednesday caused an intermission in the action, but by dinnertime, it was busy again. The first Hot August Nights was held in Reno since 1986. More than a car show, the event is a series of numerous events that take place across the cities of Reno and Sparks. In addition to the show ‘n’ shines, there are vendor displays, love music, driving activities, and on Saturday, the presentation of the prestigious Hot August Nights Cup.

STREET RODDER will be here all week covering the events, and awarding winners in the Painless Performance Top 100 program and Ford Motorsports Best Ford In A Ford program. We spent Wednesday downtown during the day and over at the Grand Sierra Resort later on. Take a look at some of what we’ve seen so far and check this site later for more photos.


Watch our Facebook Live as-it-happens coverage of Hot August Nights throughout the week by following us on the STREET RODDER Facebook page.


How Reno Became More Than My Favorite Road Stop Christopher Elliott, Contributor

Reno, Nev., used to be my favorite road stop on the way to Lake Tahoe. I had a preferred 7-11 service station where I could check the tread on my snow tires and fuel up, an In-N-Out Burger joint, and within a few minutes, I was on my way to some of the world’s best skiing.

Although I passed through Reno many times, I’d only really visited once, as a college student, when my friends and I hit the slots in the Biggest Little City in the World — and lost, of course. We reflexively drowned our sorrows in black coffee the next morning. The all-you-can-eat pancake breakfast helped, too.


So when I had a chance to return to Reno this summer, I remembered the road stop and slots, and wondered: What more is there?

A lot, it turns out.

Beyond the casinos on Virginia Street lies a city that will surprise you. This isn’t Las Vegas, where the casinos are the main attraction. Before you even cross the Truckee River, Reno reveals itself as a cool Western town. There’s a vibrant downtown culture, a first-rate art museum and a riverwalk that rivals San Antonio, Texas. And you can probably guess what happened to Reno’s road-stop status.

My first surprise: Not every hotel in the Arch District, which is known for its gaming and nightlife, is a casino. In fact, the Whitney Peak Hotel (look to the right when you see the big arch that announces you’ve arrived in Reno) is known for its rock climbing wall, cited in the Guinness Book of World Records as the world’s largest.

That wall stretches a dizzying 164 feet to the top of the high-rise hotel. There’s also an indoor climbing wall with pitches ranging from easy (like climbing a ladder) to severe (like climbing a ladder that’s placed almost vertically). My kids quickly made it to the top of the ladder-like walls, but refused the extreme pitches. After a few practice runs, they tried their hand at the outdoor wall. Fortunately, there’s a safety harness that helps them to the summit. My 12-year-old son scaled it part way and then rappelled down.

He was hooked. “When can we do that again?” he asked.

Rock climbing in Reno. Who would have thought?

Stay in the Arch District and you’ll find that even the casino hotels have something for kids. I know, that sounds like something of a contradiction, but Midway, the carnival area at Circus Circus, was another unexpected surprise. There were circus performances and a variety of games the kids could enjoy, like Whac-a-Mole and Pixel Play.

If you like a more intense circus experience, you’ll need to head over to Eldorado for a performance of Cirque Le Noir. If you’ve never seen a Cirque show, this is a great introduction. The auditorium is small and intimate, and the acrobatics are breathtaking. Stick around for the balloon trick at the end. (I won’t divulge any details. Don’t want to spoil the surprise.)


And that brings us to the other side of Reno. As you head down Virginia Street, you’ll cross the Truckee River. That’s where you’ll find Reno’s newest full-service resort, the Renaissance Reno Downtown Hotel. It’s the perfect launch pad for exploring a part of Reno few people know about, including the Reno River Walk, its arts scene and restaurants.

The river walk is lovely. It winds along the Truckee’s whitewater rapids, where you can watch daredevil kayakers enjoying the ice-cold surf. “I wanna do that,” my 10-year-old daughter exclaimed. I did, too, but you have to be a proficient swimmer before you can tackle these rapids.

“Maybe next year,” I said.

The riverwalk leads you past coffee shops and restaurants to Whitewater Park and beyond that, to Idlewild Park, which hosted a food truck festival while we were in town and is a terrific place for birdwatching. Most of all, it was a safe, family-friendly place that invited us to come back time and again for an early morning walk. I didn’t expect this. My picture of Reno was still stuck in the 80s.

What finally shattered that image, once and for all? The world-class Nevada Museum of Art, the only accredited art museum in Nevada. I could probably spend several paragraphs describing its impressive permanent collections or its on-site restaurant, Chez Louie. But the main attraction was a Burning Man exhibit called City of Dust, which explores the history of this legendary counter-cultural gathering. It features never-before-seen photographs, artifacts, journals, sketches, and notebooks about Nevada’s most famous experimental desert city came to be. There’s a mockup of the Burning Man and ashes of the Burning Men over the years.

After seeing the Burning Man exhibit, I knew we had to go to the desert to see it for ourselves. And I will — one of these days. Hey, they apparently have a kids’ section there, so I can bring the whole family.

Reno isn’t just a road stop for me anymore. The next time I’m Nevada, it’ll be hard to decide whether I’ll stay here or head up to Tahoe. They’re both worthwhile destinations in their own right.


The Best Family Ski Resorts in the U.S. and Canada January 20, 2017

Every family-friendly ski resort has a sweet spot—you know, that mix of offerings that speaks perfectly to your children and your family at this exact moment in time. With this in mind, we sussed out the best in North America for every age and stage in the game, whether it’s your first time on the slopes together or your first time following your kids into a black-diamond bowl. This gallery was originally published in 2014. It has been updated with new information.

Northstar: North Lake Tahoe, California


Best for: Ages 6-12 and families who like to keep it simple Why we love it: Big family groups can spread out in one of Northstar’s affordable, well-equipped homes and launch adventures together from there. Hit up Northstar’s long green and blue runs—totally stoked in powder this season—shop the boutiques in Truckee, and ride a new 35-person, open-air sleigh back down after a mountaintop dinner at the resort's farm-to-table restaurant. For a break from too-much family time, there’s a dreamy spa tucked into the mountain at the nearby Ritz-Carlton, Lake Tahoe.


Suite Spot: Eldorado Resorts, Reno By Jeanne Cooper Updated 2:45 pm, Thursday, July 27, 2017

Although its exterior remains lined with pink neon, the Eldorado casino resort in Reno now offers renovated rooms and new dining and entertainment.

The Eldorado’s renovated theater hosts “Cirque Le Noir,” a spinoff of Cirque du Soleil, through Aug. 27


The Eldorado casino resort has upgraded furnishings in many of its 814 rooms as part of an ongoing $50 million renovation Comparing Reno’s Eldorado Resorts to a three-ring circus is easy. The three bustling casino hotels, totaling more than 4,000 guest rooms, brim with ding-dinging games — one resort is even called Circus Circus. And thanks to an ongoing $50 million renovation that includes new dining, entertainment and room decor, Eldorado Resorts also resemble Cirque du Soleil: whimsical artistry masking concentrated effort. Setting: The pink-neon-lined Eldorado casino hotel connects with dome-topped Silver Legacy and striperoofed Circus Circus along eight city blocks in rapidly gentrifying (though still with a way to go) downtown Reno. LATEST SFGATE VIDEOS

The appeal: To all ages, and potentially all tastes. In addition to sleeker, higher-end furnishings in surprisingly quiet guest rooms, the Eldorado boasts a handsomely updated theater; it hosts a Cirque du Soleil spinoff, the thrilling (and mildly racy) “Cirque Le Noir,” through Aug. 27. After the show, sample a margarita at the new, mountain-view El Jefe’s Mexican Cantina in Circus Circus, home to free circus acts and a remodeled midway. Millies24, the Eldorado’s new 24-hour coffee shop and bakery, perks up patrons with custom-roasted coffee and house-made pastries. Suite Spot: Eldorado Resorts, Reno By Jeanne Cooper Updated 2:45 pm, Thursday, July 27, 2017


The Eldorado casino resort has upgraded furnishings in many of its 814 rooms as part of an ongoing $50 million renovation. Photo: Eldorado Resorts Photo: Eldorado Resorts IMAGE 3 OF 3 The Eldorado casino resort has upgraded furnishings in many of its 814 rooms as part of an ongoing $50 million renovation.

Signup Morning Report MORNING REPORTDAILY NEWSLETTEREverything you need to know to start your day You agree to our Terms of Use. Your information will be used as described in our Privacy Policy.

Enter your email address SIGN UP Comparing Reno’s Eldorado Resorts to a three-ring circus is easy. The three bustling casino hotels, totaling more than 4,000 guest rooms, brim with ding-dinging games — one resort is even called Circus Circus. And thanks to an ongoing $50 million renovation that includes new dining, entertainment and room decor, Eldorado Resorts also resemble Cirque du Soleil: whimsical artistry masking concentrated effort. Setting: The pink-neon-lined Eldorado casino hotel connects with dome-topped Silver Legacy and striperoofed Circus Circus along eight city blocks in rapidly gentrifying (though still with a way to go) downtown Reno. LATEST SFGATE VIDEOS

The appeal: To all ages, and potentially all tastes. In addition to sleeker, higher-end furnishings in surprisingly quiet guest rooms, the Eldorado boasts a handsomely updated theater; it hosts a Cirque du Soleil spinoff, the thrilling (and mildly racy) “Cirque Le Noir,” through Aug. 27. After the show, sample a margarita at the new, mountain-view El Jefe’s Mexican Cantina in Circus Circus, home to free circus acts and a remodeled midway. Millies24, the Eldorado’s new 24-hour coffee shop and bakery, perks up patrons with custom-roasted coffee and house-made pastries. Insider’s tips: For casual dining, don’t miss Habit Burger in Circus Circus’ new food court or Canter’s Deli — the only outpost outside of Los Angeles and Las Vegas — next to Silver Legacy’s new Poker Room. For


more tranquil, top-notch dining, reserve a table at Eldorado’s La Strada, justly famed for its mushroom ravioli in a creamy porcini sauce and other classic, handcrafted Italian fare. Good to know: Not all rooms have been renovated yet, but the website makes it clear which you’re booking. The daily $18 resort fee includes Wi-Fi for two devices, valet parking, airport shuttle and swimming pool access (May-October), among other items. Details: 345 N. Virginia St., Reno. (775) 786-5700, (800) 879-8879, www.eldoradoreno.com. Renovated rooms from $96 weekdays, $216 weekends, including taxes and fees. — Jeanne Cooper, travel@sfchronicle.com


This May Be The Bluest Place in The Country, But That’s Not The Best Part Deborah Stachelski, Contributor 07/25/2017

I threw my head back laughing harder than I had in a good while. Maybe it was the Zinfandel the raspyvoiced waiter playfully called “jam” as he poured us a second - or was it third? - glass, but it was in that moment I realized I had found the real treasure of this place: it was hidden in the stories and the people, not the waters.


It all started when I heard that Lake Tahoe might just be the bluest place in the country. A fierce lover of all things nature, I had to find out for myself. I was connected with Go Tahoe North, which I was later able to confirm is the bluer side of the lake, and as the plane descended, the cobalt dot increased in vibrancy as the miles between us decreased.

I was on a quest to live like a local for five days and really dig into the area’s culture and history. My lack of previous knowledge — or travel companion — made me open to receiving whatever this new destination would bring me. A piece of self-awareness, new friends, or maybe just some new perspective.

For lodging, I chose a vacation property through Tahoe Luxury Properties. The 5-bedroom home with a view of the lake, appropriately named Azure, had floor-to-ceiling glass windows and lodge-like wood beams supporting the A-frame main room. An oversized deck welcomed me in the early mornings, along with the crisp air and slow sunrise. I made a point to hold my coffee with both hands and close my eyes each time. In the evenings, a glass of red replaced coffee and a blanket curled its way around me.

My first morning brought me up Crystal Bay Fire Lookout. The easy hike was manageable for my jetlegged self, and reaching the top awarded me somehow nostalgic vistas — the rising sun, still a warm


gold, danced with the many shades of blue reflected in the water. It was a sight to behold, and I was hooked.

For lunch, you won’t find any big chains. These folks keep it small and continue to build up local businesses, resulting in a cuisine that is carefully crafted over decades, and even better stories to come with it.

I peeked in at Mountain High Sandwich Co., a local deli that only serves organic and locally grown food. After fighting a bit a line — always a good sign in my opinion — I ordered the Tri-Tip sandwich, and a cold-pressed energizing blend of carrots, oranges, lemon, and cayenne.


I found that Tahoans love to show off their slice of heaven to outsiders, and this came in handy when I befriended some friendly locals who offered to show it to me by boat. I canceled whatever other plans I had for the afternoon and jumped at the chance to get on the water. Navigating across this contained ocean was almost too much to take in for a first-timer like me — the skies met the water creating an endless canvas of blue, making it impossible to tell where one ended and the other began if I squinted


just right. For a moment I stared and waited for the view to sink in, wistfully knowing that neither picture — or write up — would do justice to the feeling it gave me.


For the adventurous types, jet skiing and parasailing tours were available. For those of us saving our energy, people watching on the rollicking docks and private beaches was considered an equally appropriate a way to spend the day.

For dinner, I visited Wolfdale’s Cuisine Unique, home to an uncomplicated fusion of European and Asian cuisine with a decisive Californian twist. Resting atop the Sierra Nevada Mountains and open since 1978, Wolfdale’s clever culinary surprises reside inside an unassuming facade, accompanied by one of the best wine lists I found. I attempted to hurry out thinking of the long wait, and was instead encouraged to linger a little longer — so I ordered that second dessert, inched my chair closer to the sunset, and settled in.

After a good night’s rest and a justified late start to the day, I used the late morning to get a lay of the land. Skipping my home brew in favor of a more elevated breakfast at Manzanita at The Ritz-Carlton, Lake Tahoe, I drove across state lines into California. The change is subtle but detectable. By now I had solid grasp on the lake vibe, but here — in the mountains — it was quieter, more serene. My breakfast game had been a little weak, so here it was all about the steak and eggs. A much more modern than expected dish was delivered, and my fork found its way into a peppery braised short rib topped with a runny fried egg, as marinated tomatoes and pickled onions rounded out the perfect bite.


After one or two or seven cups of coffee with a view of the mountains, I dragged my suntanned, exhausted body to the spa for some much needed pampering. A custom facial and a dip in the private plunge pool, followed by a treat in the cabana was all I needed to decide this was indeed, the most relaxed I’d been in a long time. I dusted off a book I’d optimistically packed and pulled the hooded robe tighter around me, children’s faint screams and splashing coming from the main resort pool far, far away.

Skin and spirits aglow, it was time for the mandatory tourist stop: A tour of Thunderbird Lodge. Original owner and billionaire heir to the PG&E fortune George Whittell Jr purchased the 27 miles of Lake Tahoe shoreline in 1935 and built a series of buildings to form the estate. The main house has no guest rooms, but he lived on the property with his third wife and exotic animals, including Mingo, an Indian elephant.


Whittell’s grandiose plans to develop a ski resort and casino never materialized as the years passed and he grew more reclusive. To frighten away unwanted visitors, he used a loud siren that operated at the


dock, and used underground tunnels and secret elevator whenever feeling threatened. The historical landmark receives no governmental support, but was rescued from millions of dollars of debt, restored, and is now preserved by the members of Thunderbird Preservation Society. His motives may have been less than righteous, but Whittell is still credited for the unspoiled beauty of Lake Tahoe’s eastern shoreline.



For my last day, I set my sights on Squaw Valley. I was eager to see what snow in July looked like, though admittedly skeptical it was at all possible. Riding the 1.5-mile long aerial tramway, which ferries passengers from 6200 to 8200ft elevation is somewhat intense, especially for those with a fear of heights. On this clear day epic views of the Sierras awaited, but my gaze was on the rocks hoping to catch some wildlife in their natural habitat. Once screaming marmots were checked off the list, I moved on to my next bucket list item: snowshoeing in a swimsuit, in the middle of summer.

Later, while enjoying a summer salad paired with chilled champagne on the mountainside patio of Plumpjack Cafe, I knew I’d found the perfect way to end a day on the slopes, only made better — possibly surpassed — by the hundreds of canine passersby attending the dock-diving tournament in town.

After heading back into Incline Village to clean up, dinner came in the form of a cultural lesson. I walked into Crystal Bay Casino Steakhouse and almost instantly wished I had chosen a different outfit — Sinatra blasted through the hallways, dark, lush carpeting lead me from dark room to darker room, gamblers of varying ages leaned onto blackjack tables, and the faint smell of cigar smoke still hung in the air. My dinner companions, two Tahoe locals, met me halfway to my table with big smiles, firing off urgent drink orders so the fun could commence.


The interior of this historic club better known as the Rat-Pack hangout has been redone in its original 1940’s style, and our waiter acted as if he’d been there just as long. For a few hours, three millennial women sat in Frank Sinatra’s old booth - we’ll never know which side he really sat on - sharing the paths of life we had each taken to lead us to this place. As the wine bottles were poured, our stories began to pale in comparison to the ones entrenched in the velvet-clad walls of this old casino. I could almost see it — Marilyn Monroe crying in her booth across from us, the alleged mafia meetings, the rivalry at the Cal-Neva Lodge, the underground Prohibition-era tunnels that connected suites of the elite and movie stars like Monroe, Sinatra and the Kennedy Clan, Judy Garland being discovered at age 15 — for a moment were transported right into a 1935 daze. Which is precisely when the Bananas Foster table-side service manifested and set our table ablaze with golden butter flames, sending us all into hysterics.

Pro Traveler Tips:

From Texas, take the newly-launched flight via Southwest from Dallas into Reno/Lake Tahoe. The North and South shores differ vastly: Tahoe North offers a peaceful small town-meets-nature experience, while the South shore centers around big casinos, dining, and tourism. If stumped on dinner ideas one evening, pick up some items at a local grocer and make your way to Moon Dune Beach. Time your arrival with the sunset, and watch as the pastel colors change from purple, to bubble gum pink, to a faded orange. ...

Let’s connect!

Find me below, or email me at deborah@societyletters.com


Off The Grid: America's Loneliest Road November 3, 2016

Thanks to ubiquitous connectivity and lack of self-discipline, it’s increasingly difficult to get away these days. Unless, of course, you drive through rural Nevada along U.S. Route 50, a.k.a. “The loneliest road in America.” After doing so recently, I’m convinced it’s one of the better places to temporarily suspend an unending glut of information and get a stark reminder that time doesn’t give a damn. But more than just wide-open emptiness, this sun-drenched highway in a sea of sagebrush will take you back in time, expose resilient life, and reveal two pots of gold at its starting and stopping points.

Start at Great Basin National Park Built in 1926 before the Interstate Highway System replaced it, U.S. Route 50 extends 3,000 miles from Ocean City, Maryland to Sacramento, California. But its most famous stretch runs from Delta, Utah, to South Lake Tahoe, California, through middle Nevada. Before continuing your journey, hike in one of the many sacred groves of Bristlecone pines at Great Basin National


Park. The oldest living species on earth, these fascinating trees reach up to 5,000 years of age. Not nearly as old as the surrounding area, but still timeless and undeniably worth visiting.

Not So Lonely Thirty years ago an unnamed official from the American Automobile Association “warned all motorists not to drive” U.S. Route 50. “It’s totally empty,” he said of the Nevada portion. “We don’t recommend it.” Since then, “the loneliest road” moniker famously stuck … basically Northern Nevada’s version of “What happens in Vegas stays in Vegas.” And like that designation, it’s mostly fiction. I passed several cars along the way (in “low” season even) and have driven lonelier roads in West Texas and eastern Oregon. Nevertheless, U.S. 50 through Nevada is certainly the most beautiful stretch of lonely road I’ve ever driven. Stunningly devoid of life. Zero billboards. Hauntingly straight with low-lying mountains on all sides. Much better than boring I-80 to the north.

Weathered People With Kind Hearts “If you can make it here, you’ll live a long time,” a tourism official quipped after I asked why exposed Nevada shows its age so well. The desert is old. The trees are old. The petroglyphs are old. And many of the people are just as weathered as the surrounding environment. You’ll readily see this in the one-time mine towns of Ely, Eureka, and Austin. Many are rough on the outside but undeniably respectful. More than that, they are kind, unified, and take pride in cleaning 100-year-old hotels (as is the case of Hotel Nevada). The Wild West still flows in their veins. But the slow sands of time have softened them.

Fallon’s Quiet Need For Speed After passing through Great Basin National Park and a string of forgotten towns, I wasn’t expecting much from Fallon near the western border of the state. But it ended up being one of, if not the, highlight of my trip. First, this is where the Navy’s top guns practice incredibly fast and well-synchronized maneuvers in F/A-18 Hornets. They streak across the sky all day. Shoot for the moon in pairs. I’ve never seen anything like it and would go back just to re-experience it. Then we sped up, down, and around the good times at Sand Mountain with Rob at UTV Addiction, the only ATV rental in Northern Nevada. To finish off the day, we traveled back in time, explored a hidden cave, and saw the oldest “church” in North America at reverential Grimes Point.

Finish at Lake Tahoe


After traveling over 500 miles through mostly desert, we suddenly arrived at this big blue lake called Tahoe. In contrast to its eastern neighbor, it’s surrounded by Stanford pines, is stunningly inviting, and is teaming with people and wildlife. If there is a better way to finish Route 50, I wouldn’t know. If there’s one downside to rural Nevada, it’s the lack of good food. That all ends starting in Reno with Liberty Food And Wine. It undeniably ends once you cross the California border into North Lake Tahoe at GarWoods. Protip: order the veggie burger (really!), brussel sprout salad, and budino at the former; fried zucchini, teriyaki salmon salad, and slightly sour but light and fluffy cheesecake at the latter. Aside from food, we enjoyed our secluded stay at Granlibakken, taking in the acclaimed views at Inspiration Point, hiking Cascade Falls, and seeing lots of “Bears Crossing” signs.


10Best Tahoe City Restaurants and Cafes BY CHRISTINA NELLEMAN Charming Tahoe City is popular for its easy access to the Lake Tahoe and its close proximity to Squaw Valley and Alpine Meadows. It's also known for having some of the best restaurants in the Tahoe area. These range from elegant restaurants and bars with a great lake view (like Christy Hill) to cafés that serve some darn good breakfasts and coffee. For breakfast, start out at the Fire Sign Café for their large servings of Eggs Benedict or waffles, or keep it light with some yogurt, granola and coffee at Gear & Grind. For lunch visit Bridgetender or Jake's on the Lake, which are both good for people watching or being by the water. For an afternoon pick-me-up, get a tea or coffee from the Dam Café and stick around to watch the people on Fanny Bridge. For dinner, head over to the West Shore Cafe in nearby Homewood for their small plates or delicious cioppino or to Dockside 700 for an all night happy hour.

Moe's Original BBQ, originating in Alabama, has come to Tahoe City and you can't beat the location. This BBQ joint, known for its daily smoked meats and multitude of sides, is located right on the Grove Street


Pier in Tahoe City and offers great views of the lake along with its Southern style BBQ. Various dishes including pulled pork and ribs, seafood, chicken and children's plates are available as an ala carte or platter option. Daily sides include lima beans, collar greens, coleslaw and sweet potato casserole. The restaurant offers outdoor seating, a bar and several to-go options including a cooler meal for boat owners who use the pier.

The popular Jake's on the Lake serves lunch only on weekends, but the seafood-focused menu is worth an entire week's wait. Enjoy spectacular views of the marina on Lake Tahoe as you dig into grilled prawns with basil and prosciutto, a shrimp and crab melt with provolone over English muffins, or a buttermilk and panko chicken sandwich. Salads, soups, and several desserts are on hand to round out your meal. A kids' menu ensures that families leave happy. If you're making an afternoon of it, the full bar has its own menu, along with specialty cocktails, wines, and draft and bottled beers.


Uncorked Wine Bar at Squaw Valley and Uncorked in Tahoe City features fine wines, cheeses and wine accessories. Join them for wines by the glass, cheese plates, wine tastings, live music, and "Meet the Winemaker" events each weekend. Here you will encounter boutique wines, hard to find labels, and limited case productions from around the world. Uncorked at Squaw is located 'First Street' in The Village at Squaw Valley at the base of the Squaw Valley ski area in North Lake Tahoe. The second location is in Tahoe City at 475 North Lake Blvd., Suite 151 in Tahoe City, CA.


This small cafe in Tahoe City is a mix of everything: sports bar meets lunch place meets gathering area meets live music venue. It is a beautiful, little place with comfy places to sit and plenty of parking. The decor is a mix of dark wood, nice stained glass and local artwork as well as big screen TVs. The friendly, quick staff serves up tasty sandwiches, soups and salads and has a generous happy hour. The Fat Cat Cafe is a cool and laid back restaurant, bar, artists space and performance area for local and regional bands. Come here during the day for great sandwiches and salads and stay into the night for appetizers, a fun bar and live entertainment.


With rave reviews from locals and visitors and lines often out the door on busy weekend mornings, the Fire Sign Cafe is surely one of Tahoe's most popular breakfast spots. A quick glance at the menu shows why a dill and artichoke omelet, veggie eggs Benedict, a gouda scramble, and buckwheat pancakes topped with hot, freshly-made blueberry and raspberry sauce are representative of the ante meridiem treats that await. Lunch is served and contains menu items like soups, sandwiches, burgers and burritos, but for late-risers, breakfast is available all day. An attractive deck is open seasonally. The restaurant was featured on Rachel Rays "Tasty Travels" on the Food Network.


Part of charming Sunnyside Lodge, this lakeside restaurant delivers wonderful views and straightforward, filling lunchtime eats. You'll find burgers, fish, and chicken sandwiches, as well as pasta dishes, salads, and soups. The lodge's dock staff can assist you if you arrive by water, but show up on the early side if you want to secure a seat on the deck. The wood-paneled, rustic dining room provides atmosphere to spare if it's chilly outside. Dinner sees an emphasis on well-prepared American favorites, including seafood and steaks. Typical Sunnyside menu items include Black Sesame Seared Ahi, Sunnyside's Famous Fish Taco and allergy-free items.


Hacienda del Lago is known for both its margaritas as well as it's great view of the Tahoe City marina and the lake beyond. Their menu is not too bad either. The Hacienda serves up traditional Mexican food like Chile Colorado with juicy cubed beef in red chile sauce, Carne Asada, Tacos and Enchiladas served with fresh guacamole, rice and your choice of beans. Check out the sizzling Fajitas del Lago. For only $13 you get marinated strips of beef or chicken sauteed with bell peppers and onions.The signature margaritas include the Silly Pepper with Gran Centenario Reposado mixed with house made simple syrup, lime juice, freshly chopped cilantro and jalapeĂąo.


Located in the center of Tahoe City, this restaurant offers excellent food and one of the best views on the lake. It's a small restaurant and reservations may be required during the high seasons, but the staff is friendly and very accommodating. They serve up a nice selection of wines by the glass and the bottle and the menu is small but it revolves around the changing seasons and the availability of fresh ingredients. The entrees include pork, lamb, seafood and pasta using fresh, local ingredients. For a starter the Caesar Salad is huge and very delicious and the various Ravioli dishes are a great entree. For dessert, try the creme brulee.


Located in Homewood on the West Shore, the West Shore Cafe and Inn is defined by its long, beautiful pier and buoys that welcome both boaters and non-boaters to dine. The cafe serves lunch, dinner and cocktails as well as some excellent dessert. Try the Warm Lobster Dip as a starter, add on the Cauliflower and Pomegranate Salad with crispy prosciutto and mustard-pomegranate vinaigrette. For a romantic dinner order the Pan Seared Salmon with white beans and yams. The West Shore cocktails include classics with a twist like the West Shore Old Fashion with cointreau aged for one month in an oak barrel.


Dockside 700 Lakeside Grill & Brewery is what is says it is. This cozy restaurant is located right in front of the Tahoe City marina and serves up lunch and dinner on both the deck and the restaurant filled with Tahoe-inspired decor. Lunch items consist of appetizers like the Steamed Manila Clams ($12) with chorizo sausage, white wine, and orange saffron broth. The sandwiches and wraps are made with the restaurant's homemade bread. Dinner entrees include the award-winning Lamb Lollipops ($15), Crispy Fried Chicken ($20) dipped in buttermilk and cornmeal and served with spicy creamed kale and the delectable housemade Banana Bread Pudding ($10).


10Best Outdoor Activities in Lake Tahoe: Ice Skating and Ropes Courses BY CHRISTINA NELLEMANN From lake to mountain to high up in the blue sky, the best outdoor activities in the Lake Tahoe can be enjoyed from any height or even under the water. Lake Tahoe is an outdoor heaven with everything from hiking and mountain biking to hang gliding and parasailing. For those who like to keep it simple, head to the Tahoe Rim Trail or the Tallac trailhead and hike some of the most beautiful locations you have ever seen. If you want to stay on the water (or above the water) rent a paddleboard or kayak at North Shore's Tahoe Paddle & Oar or go parasailing on the North Shore. If you are on the South Shore, you can also see into the water and over the mountains on a balloon ride with Lake Tahoe Balloons. For fun in the snow, head to Squaw Valley for some excellent deep snow or for ice skating at High Camp. The skiing at Northstar can be enjoyed on a bunny hill or a black diamond, and if you are really daring, charter a helicopter with Pacific Crest Heli-Ski. If you really want to be part of the outdoors and are a bit of a daredevil, get a tandem hang glide with Thermal Sky Sports.


This destination unto itself sits on a mountain in Squaw Valley above Lake Tahoe. High Camp is accessed via the Squaw Valley Aerial Tram that travels 2,000 vertical feet, delivering visitors to a village that features the Olympic Museum, an ice skating rink, swimming pool and hot tub, restaurants, observation decks, and even provides entrance to skiing and tubing runs. During the summer, High Camp has its own set of high altitude hiking trails. Activities are available day and night, summer and winter, and the views of the lake and the mountains are stunning from the pinnacle and from the Tram.


Because of its beauty and accessibility Desolation Wilderness is per acre, the most heavily used wilderness area in the country. Desolation Wilderness is 12.5 miles long and 8 miles and is accessed by 15 named and numbered trailheads under a quota system. Day Hikers fill out registration forms at the head, but overnighters must pay a fee and register ahead of time. Magnificent views from all over, specifically one atop a granite slope that overlooks Emerald Bay, where you cannot find a better place for a picnic. Desolation contains 63,960 acres of subalpine forests, glacial lakes and valleys, and granite peaks. A portion of the Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail/Tahoe Rim Trail passes through the area. All persons entering Desolation must obtain a wilderness permit all year-round. Day hikers may self-register at the trailheads, but overnight users must obtain the permits (fee charged) in person. Since Desolation is so popular, a wilderness permit quota system is in place for overnight campers. You can make a reservation for overnight permits. Fees are charged for both reservations and camping. Desolation Wilderness lies to the southwest of Lake Tahoe and north of Yosemite National Park in the Sierra Nevada.


Tahoe Paddle & Oar is located in Kings Beach on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe. They offer top-end canoe, kayak and paddleboard rentals, instruction, guided kayak tours and a full service paddlesport retail store. They also specialize in team building activities for small groups and large corporate events. Tahoe Paddle & Oar offers guided kayak tours May through October, weather permitting. No experience is necessary and beginner and advanced participants are welcome. The most popular trip is into Crystal Bay, which features natural hot springs and gigantic boulder mazes along the California and Nevada borders. This four mile round trip usually takes two and a half hours. TAHOE PADDLE & OAR offers a fun and practical on-water approach to learning and improving your paddling technique. Kayak lessons are available to individuals or group instruction is available. PRE-REGISTRATION is required for all classes. A maximum of six participants per session. All equipment is provided. Personal boats may be used. All boats need to be clean before entering the swimming pool. Swimming ability is necessary for all river paddling instruction.


See some of the best views around Lake Tahoe at Zip Tahoe Lake Tahoe's premier zipline canopy tour. Zip Tahoe is located at Kirkwood Ski Resort, and offers 8 different ziplines and 3 sky bridges. Enjoy breathtaking views of the Sierras as you sail from 200-600 feet across and upwards of 75 feet above the ground. 12 X 12 decks provide comfort to those who may be apprehensive of heights. Adding to the adventure, participants are transported to the course in passenger ATVs in the summer and by chairlift rides during the winter months. Zip Tahoe's experienced and friendly tour guides provide a safe experience for all ages; including laughs, history of the area, and ecology of the Sierra landscape. Celebrate a wedding, birthday, or special occasion with Tahoe's most unique excursion. Zip Tahoe offers one signature tour daily each day and the cost is $125 per person.


Imagine flying over the mountains and lakes that dot the landscape below the Tahoe Range. You can with a tandem or individual hang glide with Thermal Sky Sports. Thermal Sky Sports offers tandem hang gliding trips and hang gliding lessons from the East Bowl of the Mount Rose Ski resort on Slide Mountain. The lessons and trips are run daily and are by appointment only. A typical tandem flight will last about 15-25 minutes and the pilot may even let you take over and fly the glider. The cost for a tandem hang glide on a weekday is $240 and on the weekends is $300. HD photos and video are extra.


One of the most fantastic views of Lake Tahoe is from the seat of a parasail. North Shore Parasail is the original parasailing company on the lake, so you'll certainly be working with experts. The rides take off from the back of a motorboat, so you also get a tour of the North Shore before strapping the parasail onto your back. You can choose from several different parasail heights as well as pickup and drop-off service from your hotel. There is also free parking at Tahoe Paddle & Oar. The cost is $50 per person for a 600'flight, $60 per person 900', flight $70 per person 1400'flight.


The Lake Tahoe Adventure Company is one of the popular and well-run tour companies in Lake Tahoe. The company leads high quality adventure travel trips and tours with a focus on the natural beauty of the mountains, lakes, trails and rivers of the Tahoe area. With the TAC you can take several kayak tours including a lakeside lunch tour, a North Shore tour or Sand Harbor tour. Their Sunset Friday kayak tours and Thunderbird Lodge kayak tours are truly unique. Each tour includes a kayak, paddle, professional guide, instruction, natural and historical discussions, permits, fees, snacks and beverages. Additional tours include mountain bike tours on the Flume Trail and other single tracks around the area,.


Mount Tallac is one of the tallest peaks in Tahoe at 9,735 feet and the loop from the Glen Alpine Trailhead at 6,500 feet is a long, strenuous 11.6 mile hike. However, the views are so worth it. There is free parking at the trailhead and a bathroom. You will need to bring your own water and food. The hike takes you over crushed granite and loose rock and shale and you get views of Fallen Leaf Lake on the way up. Along the trail you will come to two smaller alpine lakes, Gilmore and Cathedral Lake. At the top of the mountain you will get some wonderful views of Desolation Wilderness, Fallen Leaf Lake, Granite Lake and all of Lake Tahoe. The hike will take about 8-10 hours for the average hiker.


The Tahoe Rim Trail follows the shore of Lake Tahoe and is one of the world's premier trails. It passes through two states (California and Nevada), six counties, one state park, three National Forests, and three Wilderness areas. This spectacular trail is 165 miles of single-track multiuse trail, winding peak to peak around Lake Tahoe. Hiking and horseback riding are allowed on all portions of the trail, while mountain biking is allowed on the trail with the exception of the wilderness areas, the section that is in the Lake Tahoe Nevada State Park, and on the sections of trail that overlap with the Pacific Crest Trail.


The Adventure Ropes Course is located at the top of Heavenly Mountain at the new Adventure Peak area. Centrally located along with Tamarack Lodge, several zip lines and a tubing run, the ropes course will challenge all ages with rope bridges, swinging logs, cargo nets, ladders, walkways and other climbing features. Three different courses are available: the Discovery Forest Ropes Course is integrated in the pine trees and boulders of the peak along with a 20 foot controlled descent, Boulder Cove is more challenging for older children and adults and the Black Bear is perfect for families with younger children.


10 Best Things to Do for Free in Lake Tahoe BY CHRISTINA NELLEMANN RENO AND TAHOE LOCAL EXPERT Because of its popularity, it can be a challenge to find some free things to do in Lake Tahoe. However, while some of the beaches are pay only and all the museums have a fee, you will be able to find some family-friendly and free spots around the Lake Tahoe area. The most popular is Emerald Bay State Park. Parking can be a challenge on this precarious part of the lake, and there is a pay parking area, but the park itself is free. Donner Memorial State Park near Truckee has a pay area at the West side of the lake, but there are about a dozen free fishing and swimming docks on the North side of the lake. Kings Beach on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe is always free as well as Common's Beach in Tahoe City. Another great beach is the small one at Fallen Leaf Lake on the South Shore. For the kids, the Taylor Creek Visitor Center and its parking is free and the Northstar Village's skating rink (open in the winter) is also free to the public. For the adults and older children, the two toughest hiking trails in the area are also free: Mount Rose and Mount Tallac are a challenge, but the views are worth a million bucks.


Although it's open year-round, this park really comes into its own when the weather turns warm. At that point, its 700 feet of lakeshore are inundated by sun worshippers, who lounge on the beach, splash in the water, tool around the lake, and engage in sports on the shore. Kids can take advantage of playground equipment, and families and groups relish the opportunity to spend time together laughing, eating, and basking in the beauty of the lake. Kings Beach is a great spot to go on a parasail ride or rent a kayak or paddleboard. Several companies have huts on the beach where you can book a day trip. There are a ton of restaurants and bars near the beach as well as a small theater and many hotels and lodges to choose from.


The Taylor Creek Visitor Center is located near Camp Richardson on the south shore of Lake Tahoe. It is free to enter and offers both adult and children an up-close view of the local flora and fauna. The paved trails and bridges throughout the marshlands are stroller friendly and there are both guided and self guided interpretive trails, an underground "aquarium" area where you can see an actual part of Taylor Creek. During the fall the Kokanee Salmon are spawning and visitors can watch the process through glass windows. There is also a 180 degree curved diorama that illustrates life above and below the water. Be sure to look for the raccoon, crayfish, bats, frog, Stellar Jay, Bald Eagles, butterflies, and the slug. In winter, the Taylor Creek area becomes a cross-country ski area especially suited to beginners. Using the area is free, but you need to purchase a California SNO-PARK permit for your vehicle. It comes to about $5 a day or $25 for a season.


This little lake on the south side of Lake Tahoe is a wonderful escape from the summer crowds on Big Blue. The turnoff for Fallen Leaf is located just off of Hwy. 89, but there is a one lane road down to the lake that is a bit bumpy and you will have to yield to other traffic. The lake is enclosed by mountains and overlooked by the imposing Mt. Tallac. Parking is available at the south end of the lake where there is also a small store and cafe where you can get ice cream sandwiches and burgers. There is a small balcony where you can enjoy lunch. Fallen Leaf has a small beach and is great for swimming, jumping off rocks and kayaking.


Somewhat widespread, this park extends along the eastern shore of the lake, promising visitors everything from superb views to sunbathing to horseback riding. Perhaps the most well-attended spot is Sand Harbor, a beach only a few miles from Incline Village. If you're intent on having fewer crowds, consider Spooner Lake, which appeals to anglers, hikers, and bikers. It also provides access to the undeveloped area between the lake and Carson City. Cave Rock, farther south, is a haven for fishing and boating. It, like any of the other sites, is always popular for a picnic and taking in the area's magnificent natural vistas.


Because of its beauty and accessibility Desolation Wilderness is per acre, the most heavily used wilderness area in the country. Desolation Wilderness is 12.5 miles long and 8 miles and is accessed by 15 named and numbered trailheads under a quota system. Day Hikers fill out registration forms at the head, but overnighters must pay a fee and register ahead of time. Magnificent views from all over, specifically one atop a granite slope that overlooks Emerald Bay, where you cannot find a better place for a picnic. Desolation contains 63,960 acres of subalpine forests, glacial lakes and valleys, and granite peaks. A portion of the Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail/Tahoe Rim Trail passes through the area.


Emerald Bay State Park on the southwest area of Lake Tahoe is home to park is home to Eagle Falls and Vikingsholm, a 38-room mansion that is one of the finest examples of Scandinavian architecture in the western hemisphere. The views from any part of the Bay are fantastic. The park contains the only island in Lake Tahoe, Fannette Island where a small teahouse was built by the owner of the Vikingsholm Castle. The park is accessible by State Route 89 near the southwest shore of the lake. Emerald Bay is one of Lake Tahoe's most photographed and popular locations. In 1969, Emerald Bay was recognized as a National Natural Landmark by the federal Department of the Interior. In 1994, California State Parks included the surrounding water of the bay as a part of the park, making Emerald Bay one of the first underwater parks of its type in the state, protecting the various wrecks and other items on the bay's bottom.


This small and local friendly beach is right in the middle of Tahoe City. There is a grassy area with playgrounds and nice BBQ areas, but is not the best beach for swimming. Free special events are held all year long on Commons Beach including SnowFest! in the winter, the Farmer's Market all summer and fall and in mid-summer, the Concerts at Commons Beach are great for all family members where live music is played on most Sundays. On summer Wednesdays, the park is showing Movies at the Beach. Commons Beach is right on the Tahoe City Boardwalk and from the beach you can walk to many restaurants, coffee shops and stores.


Mount Rose is the 3rd highest peak in Lake Tahoe at 10,778 feet. It is easy to drive to, but not so easy to climb. It is located next to, looking down and over the Mount Rose ski resort, Reno/Sparks/Carson City/Washoe Valley and Lake Tahoe. Mount Rose is a challenging hike that can be done in about 4-6 hours by an average hiker. The trail initially takes you through forest, scrubland, beautiful meadows full of wildflowers and a waterfall. After falls, the trail climbs steeply upward toward more stark terrain and shale. Once you've made it to the top, you are over 10,778 feet and can see the entire Tahoe area.


This pleasant little beach is known for its great view of Mt. Tallac and dog friendly area. Right by Camp Richardson, but away from the crowds. This beach is very lengthy and full of brightly-colored sand, and is located near South Lake Tahoe's "Y". The beach is dissected by Taylor Creek, a popular destination on it's own. To get to Kiva Beach, turn right at the Forest Service Visitor Center turnoff near Camp Richardson and follow the road past the Visitor's Center (this is also the parking for the stream profile chamber) to the beach parking lot. The lot may be full on hot summer days.


Now a center for recreation and outdoor fun, this park also holds the memories of pioneer struggles, especially in regard to the Donner Party, who suffered a winter in the area and resorted to cannibalism to survive. Now, the tract of land in the Sierra Nevada range offers a wealth of warm- and cold-weather possibilities, including camping, fishing, hiking, boating, skiing, and more. Plus, the onsite museum charts local history and geology, and a memorial to the Donner party documents the conditions through which the survivors lived. Donner Park's beach is small, but the sand is really nice and the swimming area is protected for smaller children.


10 Best Desserts and Sweets in Lake Tahoe BY CHRISTINA NELLEMANN RENO AND TAHOE LOCAL EXPERT When you've been outside skiing or hiking all day, sometimes a rush of sugar or caffeine is just enough to get you through to the evening. These 10Best restaurants, cafes and bakeries in Tahoe have a load of coffee drinks, teas and sweets to choose from. If you want just a nice cup of coffee or tea, head to the Free Bird in South Lake Tahoe for some organic coffee and vegan pastries or to CafĂŠ Blue at the Ritz for some Blue Bottle Coffee and exquisite French pastries. Gear & Grind in Tahoe City and Alpina Coffee on the South Shore also have great coffee along with free WiFi. For a hot summer's day, head to Susie Scoops in Incline for locally made ice cream. If you need something with a few more calories, the SugarPine Bakery in South Lake Tahoe will fit the bill with their brownies, tarts, cookies and their notorious cinnamon rolls.


Cake Tahoe is known for their exquisite and creative cupcakes as well as for their custom wedding cakes all baked fresh daily. Pastry chef Johanna Lasseter-Curtis has been cooking and baking in the Tahoe area for over 20 years and offers delights like Red Velvet, Coconut, Heath Bar and Chocolate Peppermint for the winter. Gluten free options are also available like Black Velvet, Citrus and Mint Chip. Cake Tahoe also offers seasonal pies for the holidays and custom wedding cakes. Special occasion cakes for birthdays, anniversaries and parties are also available September through May. Cake Tahoe is closed Tuesdays and Wednesdays.

Susie Scoops is located on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe in Incline Village. Their handmade, and locally made, ice cream comes in over 25 flavors and they also serve milkshakes, sundaes and smoothies. Open all year long, the flavors of this small, sweet shop include Mud Pie, Peppermint, Black Raspberry, Coconut, Espresso Chip and Batter's Up. Susie Scoops also serves non-dairy sorbets, seasonal flavors and will cater special events. You can order a combination in either a cup or a cone or you can take home a hand-created pint of ice cream to enjoy on the beach or on the slopes.


Located in the popular Tahoe City, this pleasant cafe caters to the skiers and bikers who come in to grab breakfast, coffee, sandwiches or an ice cream cone from Tahoe Creamery. They offer a comfortable seating area inside and a patio for the summer. Gear & Grind specializes in interesting sandwiches like the Tyrolean Downhill with Turkey, bacon, pepper jack, and honey mustard or the Bear Scratch with salami, ham, turkey, provolone, and spicy mustard. They also offer Tahoe Creamery ice cream and smoothies as well as dessert like Banana Split or the Drunken Bear which is a scoop of vanilla ice cream with a shot of espresso poured over it.


This cozy, local coffee shop serves Alpen Sierra coffee, espresso, various teas and much more. Located in South Lake Tahoe on the way to Emerald Bay, Alpina is a comfy cafe, tucked into the pine trees and adored by the locals. The Cafe has three computers with internet for customers to use, a kids' corner, and picnic tables in a sunny garden area for spring and summer. The Alpina has free WiFi and 3G. Try their house coffee or lattes (with great foam) or their great Mexican hot chocolate. The Alpina does serve basic food items like muffins, sandwiches and bagels.


The Free Bird Cafe in South Lake Tahoe serves up some of the best organic food in the area. Their menu includes coffee, tea, smoothies, homemade chai tea, baked goods, super foods and more. Try the Humming Bird Smoothie with Yogurt, Mango (or Strawberry), OJ, Banana, Agave Nectar for $4.75 or the Dirty Chai (Chai Latte with Espresso) for $4.50. Their "light bites" include items like the Special Bagel which is a locally made bagel with house herb cream cheese and fresh tomato slices for $4.00 or the Potato Samosas with curry, mango chutney, cilantro salsa and a house salad for $6.


Swiss and American influences collide at this cozy bakery that has been in the Tahoe area for decades. Open early, Tahoe House Bakery delivers delicious cups of coffee and espressos made to order, as well as a handsome spread of pastries, breads, cookies, cakes, fruit tarts, bagels, and more. Try the ham and cheese croissants. While you're waiting for your order, peruse the bottled sauces, dressings, and other gourmet items available for purchase. Regulars assert the spot is always reliable for delicious treats, whether you're grabbing a bite on the go or have time to spend in the comfortable dining room.


Locals count on this little coffee shop for a caffeine buzz in the early morning hours and a tempting selection of sandwiches, wraps, salads, and smoothies throughout the day. Hearty bagel sandwiches, a popular menu option, keep you going all day. Wild Cherries also offers a wide variety of freshly baked goods, baked fresh daily, including pies, cakes, cookies, breads and more. All of Wild Cherries coffees are roasted locally 100% Arabica green beans. They serve organic and fair trade coffees and offer a selection of 8-10 fresh brewed varieties daily. Wild Cherries is a supporter of local businesses and sporting events.


Many visitors to the Tahoe City area rave about the Sugar Pine Cakery and its sweet baked goods. The owner is an organic baker who specializes in vegan, gluten-free and organic baked goods. Items on the menu include not only cupcakes, cakes and cookies but also sandwiches, salads, quiche, paninis and seasonal soups. The chocolate croissant is a popular pick as well as the cherry tarts, home-baked cookies, macaroons and cupcakes. The cinnamon rolls are a must for breakfast or dessert. If you're in the mood for something rich, get the rocky road brownie for an explosion of chocolate, almond and marshmallow goodness. The service in this small bakery is awesome and they specialize in birthdays and weddings. Orders can be placed ahead of time or that day.


This stylish little coffee bar in Truckee is just off the main road on Jibboom street in downtown Truckee. They serve up Italian-style cappuccinos, espressos and lattes as well as some unusual drinks like Lemon Chiffon Latte and Caffe Marocchino. The Coffeebar also serves paninis, salads, homemade crepes, filo purses filled with sweet or savory ingredients and other drinks like Italian sodas, teas and fresh juice. The Coffeebar has a great outdoor patio and plenty of seating in their well-lit space. This is a great place to meet clients or family and is away from the main street through downtown Truckee.


Cafe Blue is The Ritz-Carlton's signature bakery and coffee shop. Located in the upper lobby near the outdoor pool with views of the mid-mountain ski runs of Northstar, Cafe Blue features fresh pressed juices and smoothies, signature house-made Paninis and pastries and San Francisco-based Sightglass Coffee. The cafe offers house-made breakfast pastries in the morning, and classic French-inspired pastries in the afternoon including delicate, but amazing petit four pastries made on-site. Each of the baked items are hand-crafted by the Ritz's chef and staff and you can take your coffee and pastries onto the outside deck all year long.


10 Best Restaurants, Cafes and Bars in Incline Village BY CHRISTINA NELLEMANN RENO AND TAHOE LOCAL EXPERT Incline Village on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe is the largest community at the lake and reflects that with a wide range of restaurants, cafes, and bars. Take your pick from Japanese, fine dining, Thai, BBQ and even Mexican rotisserie. To start out a day of hiking, swimming or just hanging around on the beach start with a filling breakfast at the Wildflower Cafe for their large servings of french toast or eggs and bacon. Lunches are quick at T's Rotisserie or leisurely at the AYCE menu at Koi Sushi. For a fine dining experience, try the seafood at the Big Water Grille, which is right on the water or beautiful dishes at Jack Rabbit Moon. If you are in town with your family, Austin's is kid-friendly and features live music on their deck in the summer. For the Happy Hour folks, head to Bite for a cosmopolitan flair in the forest or to the Lone Eagle Grille at the Hyatt for the most dynamic views of the lake from their deck overlooking the beach and the blue water of Lake Tahoe.


This little pizzeria has prompt service and a friendly staff and the semi-thin crust pizza is health conscious and tasty. Try the whole wheat pizza with Duck Sausage and their homemade sauce or the BBQ Chicken Pizza. Specialty pizzas include the Lakeshore Special which is a sauceless pizza with chicken breast, carmelized onions, roasted garlic and arugula, topped with smokey gouda and mozzarella cheeses or the Shrimp Pesto with shrimp, sundried tomaatoes and pine nuts with a house-made pesto sauce, ricotta and mozzarella cheeses. You can also order pasta dishes such as the Tri-Color Tortellini and the Mushroom Ravioli. You can build your own pizza with their huge amount of toppings and cheeses and be sure to get a beer or wine from their very large selection. Appetizers include salads (try the Brie Salad served warm over mixed greens) and soup of the day.


Austin's is a cozy located just up the street from the Hyatt Lake Tahoe in Incline Village. While it's a little small, it serves up some big meals and cool drinks.The American dishes are made from fresh ingredients and for lunch or dinner you can choose from their famous chicken fried chicken, numerous salads, mountain rainbow trout, homemade meatloaf, burgers, sandwiches and pesto pasta prima vera. The Chicken Fried Chicken ($14.95) is a favorite with hand tenderized boneless chicken breast flat grilled and served with country gravy. Other favorites include the Classic Meatloaf ($14.95) which is a secret recipe from Grandma Margaret.


The Big Water Grille in Incline has spectacular panoramic views of the lake. Their menu features an elegant, but approachable mix of American fish and meat dishes and the lounge features a $6 Happy Hour menu every night all night long. The wine list features over 200 wines from around the world that can be enjoyed on the restaurant's deck. Menu items include Herbed Potato Gnocchi, Pan Seared Sea Scallops with Israeli couscous, Cast Iron Duck Breast with braised endive and for dessert, you have to get the White Chocolate~Banana Bread Pudding with coconut curd. The basement wine cellar of the Big Water is available for private dining for up to 18 people.


The local, family owned Wildflower Cafe in Incline Village on the North Shore has been in this area for many years, and is known for their large portions and good breakfasts and brunch. Their dishes include items such as Cinnamon/Orange French Toast, Hawaiian Omelet, Vegetarian Sausage, Biscuits and Gravy, and short stacks with fruit. Don't forget to get one of their decadent cinnamon rolls. At Wildflower, the staff is friendly and the portion will fill you up. The coffee and tea could be better, but the place is warm and cozy and great for a snowy day in the mountains.


The cuisine at Wolfdale's in Tahoe City is an interesting mixture of California and Japanese. The building in which this restaurant resides was built in 1889 and now houses this semi-casual and very popular restaurant. Chef/Owner Douglas Dale apprenticed at the Seventh Inn in Boston under Chef Hirosi Hayashi. The menu changes often depending on what's in season, but you're likely to find entrees ranging from seared Alaskan halibut in green curry broth to grilled elk chop with braised veggies and elderberry sauce. Other entrees include Thai Seafood Stew, Tagine Braised Lamb Shank and Wolfdale's Cheeseburger with Truffle Fried. Desserts include items such as American Artisan Cheeses and Warm Chocolate Molten Cake. Casual dining can be found at the bar, and a lovely patio opens when the weather's warm.


Jack Rabbit Moon is a small, but special restaurant in Incline Village that serves beautiful and delicious food made with quality ingredients. The prices are a bit high, but Jack Rabbit Moon is the place for that special dinner. They are only open for dinner Wednesday through Sunday at 5:30. Their menu includes items like Soup duo of Gazpacho and cucumber buttermillk garnished with baby heirloom tomato salad, Grilled NY strip steak over sweet corn, bacon and potato hash with chili butter and Cinnamon Sugar dusted Donuts w/ warm chocolate sauce. The wine and beer list is extensive and includes higher end bottles like the Bergstrom Cumberland Reserve Pinot Noir from Oregon or the more reasonably priced Gessami Gramona Penedes from Spain. Wines by the glass are around $10 and include the Tomero Malbec from Argentina and the Heinz Eifel Riesling Kabinett from Germany.


This simple, family-run restaurant has been in the area for over 20 years and is the go-to place for quick, but healthy and tasty rotisserie meats with a Latin flair. T's serves chicken, pork and beef tri-tip rotisserie plates served with various salsas, sauces and tortillas. They also have the classic tacos and burritos as well as pulled pork with a mess of sauces to add to your sandwich. To wash it all down, the ice tea and lemonade is perfect. Be prepared to stand in line to order and eat either in the basic seating area or take your food outside or even on the road.


This chic but homey place serves up tapas with an American flair. Their menu consists of items like Tiny Cheesburger Sliders, Grilled Jamaican Jerk Prawns with Jicama Slaw and Lime Creme, Roasted Lamb Chop Bites with "French Toast," Dried Winter Fruit and Mint Maple Pan Sauce and Warm Apple Turnover Bites with Creme Anglaise. The bar serves up over 30 wines from around the world, unusual cocktails and craft beers and they have happy hour specials every day from 5-6 and 10-11 on the weekends. The atmosphere of the restaurant feels more like a larger city rather than a small town on the shores of Lake Tahoe.


Located at the Hyatt in Incline Village, this impressive alpine lodge restaurant has a large stone fireplace, incredible views of the North Shore and is located on its own private beach with access to a pier. Enjoy High Sierra cuisine, an impressive wine list and breathtaking views of the lake. The seasonal menus use only the finest in fresh local ingredients prepared in the open show kitchen. Lunch and dinner entrees include items such as Furikake Crusted Ahi with Wasabi Mashed Potatoes and Radish Salad, Veal Osso Bucco with Root Vegetable Puree, Spaghetti Squash Gremolata Style, "Apple Hill" Cider Cream Sauce and Sauteed Chicken, Mascarpone Polenta, Asparagus, Morel Cream Sauce. The Grille has Vegetarian options and dessert like Warm Mascarpone Strudel and Tahitian Vanilla Creme Brulee. They also serve after-dinner cognacs and ports.


One of the best deals in Tahoe is Le Bistro's five-course prix fixe menu, a bargain at only $40. Soup, appetizer, salad, entree, and dessert are included, and a cheese interlude precedes dessert. Since the chef uses only fresh, organic ingredients that he finds in the local markets, the menu changes on an almost daily basis. Past dishes have included winter truffle soup en croete, grilled artichoke and asparagus in red bell pepper dressing, and braised venison osso bucco with port wine and green peppercorns. Le Grand Dessert is an assortment of cheeses served with raisins and glazed walnuts. Servers are friendly, knowledgeable, and able to suggest appropriate wine pairings.


DO YOU HAVE YOUR SEAT BELT ON? #HELLOTAHOE September 27, 2016 I am going to have to ask you to BUCKLE UP…

Because we are about to go on a little (and when I say little, I actually mean BIG)… ROAD TRIP!

Ready? OK! Lets TALLY-HO! Oh wait, no… We are NOT about to go on a fox hunt… And we are definitely NOT bringing any dogs with us.


However, the reason for my mentioning that phrase is because it’s definition to me is… “Let’s get going”… And it’s quite suiting for where exactly I am about to take you! We’re off to… LAKE TAHOE!

Do you see the connection between TALLY-HO and TAHOE… Ho… Hoe? Okay, I think you got it. After all, I know you’re all wildly intelligent. Any who… Two weeks ago, Lake Tahoe (okay, the tourism board of North Lake Tahoe… Not the actual lake, people. Common, I just got done complimenting all of you on your intelligence, don’t make me take it back, ha!) invited The Food Pervert, Vianessa (or Zoodles… You’ll see why in the YouTube


video below) and yours truly here, up to the dare I say, the devastatingly spectacular, mountainous lake city that straddles the California and Nevada border (slut).

Speaking of the word “slut”… When Pervy, Zoodles and I were trying to come up with a hashtag for our trip… Because I mean, social media, right?… We definitely thought about using #HoesInTahoe… But that hashtag just really doesn’t work for us because we are certainly NOT gardening tools.


We wound up settling with: #HELLOTAHOE Anddddd… I am back from my tangent. Whew. Almost lost me. Perhaps I need to listen to my own advice and BUCKLE MYSELF UP… So I don’t veer off track AGAIN!

Rub-A-Dub-Dub… WHOOPS! Okay, Okay, so… The reason that Lake Tahoe (again, the Tourism Board) invited us on up there was so we could dig into some scrumptious eats (at their Food & Wine Festival and restaurantsaround town), explore what the area has to offer and ESCAPE THE PREPOSTEROUSLY CRAZYthat is Los Angeles! So as I said before… BUCKLE UP… Because you know you want to TAG ALONG!



Your Guide to a Luxury Family Vacation in North Lake Tahoe September 23, 2016

If you’ve been looking for a watering hole in the sky, whose waters are swirling with unpretentious grandeur, family friendly thrills and mega-yummy food, pack up your swim suits (or snow suits) and hoof it to North Lake Tahoe. To minimize the stress pangs birthed from figuring out the logistics of a vacation (especially when humans under the age of 21 are involved!) I’ve collected my North Tahoe faves, and those of my nearest and dearest who called North Tahoe home for over ten years, so you can slide into this haven with nary a worry in sight (just a bunch of pine trees in sight.) Where to Stay: Ritz-Carlton, Lake Tahoe


This Ritz has perfected the sometimes-tricky alchemy of family-friendly luxury. When the snow arrives this resort offers the convenience of skiing in and out, and a large fire pit where you can defrost and relish the art of Marshology (aka, making smores.)


As the snow melts, the outdoor play land offers a large pool, volley ball court, ping pong table and other kid-approved activities that can be enjoyed with a mountain view and a cocktail in hand (for the parentals.) Where to Get Active: Lake Tahoe Adventure Company


It’s not enough to just look at the lake- you need to get all up in it. Allow the guides at Lake Tahoe Adventure Company to lead you across waters so clear and teeming with interesting life you forget you need to keep propelling your paddleboard or kayak forward. And if you get lucky, you’ll score an extra persuasive guide who can convince you to fully submerge yourself in the water in one fell swoop- or in my case, an awkward dive. Where to Beach It: Sand Harbor


Have you ever wanted to step into one of those “too perfect to be real” landscape paintings, that are inevitably found in a quirky bed and breakfast? Well, now you can. Sand Harbor allows you to swim, play and be entertained (via a quirky Shakespeare festival in July and August) in this other-worldly habitat. Where to Sip and Sail: Sierra Cloud Catamaran Cruise from Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe’s Private Pier 111


Boat Boozin’ + Cruisin’ = The Life. Swig on complimentary beverages and lay on the (surprisingly) comfortable netting of a massive catamaran as you mosey past the iconic Thunderbird Lodge on the lake’s edge- you can look forward to the captain regaling you with tales of the (bizarre) original owner’s house-trained lion that would roam the property. Where to Eat (with the kids): Jason’s Beachside Grille Nab a table on the lawn overlooking the lake, enjoy some quality American cuisine, and jam out to live music (check their schedule) as the kids roam free. There is a rare form of culinary magic found in the taste of a juicy burger after a day on the lake. Where to Eat (with your honey): Manzanita


Part of being a “good parent� is taking some sweet time to date your partner. If your kids are old enough to babysit themselves, or you have a babysitter, sneak away to this fine dining oasis at the Ritz. Pick something special from the never ending wine list, nibble on some grilled Shishito peppers as you wait for your main course, and for the love of neglected taste buds everywhere, don’t skip dessert. So, what are you waiting for? Get yourself up the mountain and allow the elevation of Lake Tahoe to lift you above the mental chatter and stress that are common ingredients in our daily lives- fully open yourself to the power of the healing waters, poetic sights and calm vibes.


Lake Tahoe Tasty: Food & Wine Fest Spend a few hours brushing up, bite by bite, on what lake-close cuisiniers are up to nowadays. BY: ALYSIA GRAY PAINTER September 6, 2016

SAY "LAKE HOUSE"... and images of outdoor grilling, complete with various rubs and sauces and meats and vegetables, springs to the forefront of one's appetite-focused thoughts. Say "Lake Tahoe" and the mind turns to many meals had around the alpine wonder's shores, from campfire s'mores to high-end steaks. And say "Lake Tahoe in September" and the foodie rhapsody is bound to include one of the region's best known cuisine happenings, a 31-year-old celebration that is called the area's "most


prestigious food, wine, spirit, and brew festival." Since all of the big lake's bite-filled burgs have a lot to offer in this edible-nice arena, the Lake Tahoe Autumn Food & Wine Festival lasts for three days, and they're some of the mellowest and most memorable days on the calendar. Yep, we're talking about September here and specifically... SEPT. 9 THROUGH 11: As with past Autumn Food & Wine Festivals, you can select the dinner or cookout or demo that suits your fancy, and simply ticket-up for that single to-do. Northstar is the center of the gourmet goings-on, both the mountain and the village, though a few other spots will cameo during the cuisine-yum doings. Highlights include a Saturday Village Wine and Brew Walk, the Gourmet Marketplace Vendor Fair (the popular stroll/snack scene lands on both Saturday and Sunday), a Wine'd Down Movie Night, and the Grand Tasting & Culinary Competition on Sunday, Sept. 11. Some events are gratis, some are ticketed, but all bustle with foodie fans who love their lake-adjacent eats, especially in mellow September, when some of the higher elevation trees are starting to go gold.


IT’S TOUGH TO SAY “TA-TA” TO SCENIC LAKE TAHOE BY: COLLEEN KELLY August 31, 2016

Looking for the perfect girlfriend getaway? Reno-Tahoe is your next stop! My producer and friend Christina Paull and I had an amazing time enjoying all that this beautiful area has to offer, especially the vast freshwater lake that is nestled in the Sierra Mountain Range on the border between California and Nevada. Lake Tahoe and the surrounding area is an incredible year-round destination, catering to those who love warm-weather activities or snowy adventures. We visited earlier this summer. From fine wine to yoga to kayaking, we found many ways to make the most of our weekend at this mountain destination. On our first night, we stayed at the Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe, a picturesque lakeside lodge that also features a casino and spa. We kicked off our stay by spending a relaxing Friday afternoon on the Hyatt’s private beach, then enjoyed a wonderful meal at the resort’s Lone Eagle Grill, capped off with yummy dessert and a gorgeous view.


The next day, we devoured our breakfast at Wildflower Cafe. We decided to find our inner yogis in this place of peace, so we took a yoga class. After all of our tension was release, we had lunch at Garwoods Grill & Pier, a scenic lakeside restaurant in Carnelian Bay, which is on the California side of the lake. We loved the food as much as the views! We then worked off our meal and spent some of the afternoon kayaking. And then, even though we had already experienced quite a bit of pampering with food, scenery and fun, we decided to check out of the Hyatt and head back to Reno to pay a visit to The Peppermill Resort, which combines classic elegance with a modern flare. We had a fabulous dinner at the hotel’s Bimini Steakhouse.

On the next day, we got to know the area a little better and discovered that there’s so much for families to do. We enjoyed the hotel’s fabulous pool, shopping throughout Reno’s recently revamped downtown area and the hotel’s award-winning Spa Toscana, where we treated ourselves to a variety of services.


We had another unforgettable meal that evening, at Brasserie St. James in Reno. When Sunday rolled around, we had our last yummy view with breakfast, then it was sadly time to head to the Reno airport and get back to reality. I can promise that you’ll have a relaxing weekend in the Reno-Tahoe area, no matter how you decide to spend your time. It’s the perfect destination for those who enjoy the outdoors and exploring the lake and mountains, but it’s also just right for anyone who is simply looking for some pampering and unforgettable dining. I only spent a weekend there, but I squeezed in a lot of great girl time and relaxation. It was hard to say “ta-ta” to Tahoe!


Show Info. – 8/18/16 August 18, 2016 … Lake Tahoe Autumn Food & Wine Festival Despite the triple digit temperatures, we’re getting closer and closer to a new season sure to bring cooler weather! Time to get a jump start on fall in the kitchen! We’re gearing up for Lake Tahoe’s annual Autumn Food & Wine Festival with one of the autumn-inspired dishes making its way on the menu!! September 9-11 The Ritz-Carlton, Lake Tahoe Tickets Available Online More Info: (888) 434-1262 Lake Tahoe Autumn Food & Wine Festival: http://www.TahoeFoodandWine.com The Ritz-Carlton, Lake Tahoe: http://www.ritzcarlton.com/laketahoe …


SUMMER WITHOUT RESERVATIONS BY: JESSICA SHYBA July 28, 2016

After four years living on the East Coast, there isn’t a day that goes by that I’m not consciously grateful for our gorgeous Northern California weather. Our lives revolved around the weather when we lived in the city, car free. I’d plan grocery trips based on how hot, cold, or rainy it would be, and even the most crucial adventures out of the apartment sometimes took a back seat to our cozy enclave 8 stories above. We now live in an area where the weather is almost always mild to beautiful, there’s a beach 20 minutes south, a big city 40 minutes north, snow in the winter 4 hours away and glorious redwoods perched off of Highway 1 all the way up the coast. Taking advantage of our good fortune (and the fortune we spend to live here) by experiencing all that the Bay Area has to offer is near the top of our priority list.


Lake Tahoe is spectacular in the winter, but it’s truly breathtaking and awe-inspiring in the summer, too. The water is crystal clear, and while it’s cold, it’s turquoise and inviting to almost everyone. We have made a new tradition out of spending as much time as possible there, but our summer trips to celebrate Independence Day are probably my very favorite. The kids have become masters at hiking, swimming, rafting and catching crawdads tucked in the rocks at our favorite North Shore beaches.




We’ve learned our lesson being out in nature to remember a first aid kit stocked with some of our go-to first aid products like Water Block Band-Aid Brand Bandages for the inevitable knee and ankle nicks from climbing those sharp rocks in the summer heat, Compeed Blister Cushions for preventing and treating any blisters—especially when breaking in our water shoes—and Neosporin Pain, Itch Scar, which I love


because it provides itch relief and minimizes the appearance of scars. With the truckload of towels, snacks, umbrellas and sunscreen that we troop around with us, being extra prepared for our outdoor adventures helps us all feel a little more secure.


This year didn’t bring any major injury issues, which is surprising when there are four accident-prone time bombs running around as excited as can be, thrilled to be wild and free in our most treasured adventure land of Lake Tahoe. As prepared as we try to be for any and all incidents, and we consider ourselves fairly seasoned when it comes to parenting, something inevitably happens when we travel that catches us unprepared and off guard. It’s one of the worst feelings I have as a parent, and while I know that each new situation provides me with knowledge and experience for the future, I never want to be learning how to handle a situation with my kids on the spot.



When it comes to physical injuries, I probably feel the most prepared and the least concerned because I’ve seen enough accidents requiring stitches or the emergency room-neither of which send me into full panic mode. I feel confident and calm knowing that we’ve prepared ourselves with a first aid kit full of products that we trust, but also that the kids are relieved to see when they’re feeling scared and in pain.


LAKE TAHOE TOP TEN BY: COULD I HAVE THAT? July 19, 2016


Looking back on our trip to Lake Tahoe, I can easily say that it’s not going to be the last time we venture north to this sweet hideaway. We all fell in love with everything the Lake had to offer from the smell of the pine trees to the serene mornings spent on our deck (seen here). During our weeklong stay we stuck pretty close to where our house was in Incline Village (North Lake Tahoe). I guess we were too happy and too relaxed to venture further than that. And to be honest I think when we return someday we’ll opt for the same area. So here’s a look at our top ten (North) Lake Tahoe spots that we discovered. 1. Truckee is a little town we drove through on our way into Lake Tahoe where we stopped to eat and do a little shopping. It’s full of history and feels almost like a movie set with its old school California vibes. We started off at Moody’s Bistro, which was perfect for our group plus the kiddos. The garden burger is out of this world good. Then we picked up something sweet (dangerously good cupcakes) at Cake Tahoe and carried on to some shops—Bespoke (where I got this throw), Kalifornia Jean Bar, Atelier and Tahoe Oil & Spice. We also stood in front of the window at Sweets Handmade Candies with the kids to watch homemade fudge being made, pretty exciting (and tempting) stuff. 2. Sand Harbor was the first beach we ventured to. The drive alone along the water there was out of this world beautiful. I couldn’t believe how crystal clear the water was and how amazing the contrast was with the tall pine trees and giant boulders. Sand Harbor has two sides you can sit on we, chose the cove that was super shallow making it extra kid friendly. Yes the water was cold but even Elin went in and splashed around for a good half hour. It does cost $12 for the day but you can come and go as long as you have your receipt.



3. My grandparents spent a ton of time in Lake Tahoe in the 60’s and 70’s. They have the greatest old photos of them sun bathing and packed in on some beautiful wooden boats, you know the classic old school ones. I wanted to rewind time and be a fly in that scene because it looked like tons of fun. Turns out, you can still rent those beautiful boats and I found someone who does it—Greg Barraclough. We ended up running out of time, but this is the first thing I’ll be doing on our next visit—with a cooler of our finest champagne. 4. We spent a good chunk of everyday at the beach. So before heading out in the late morning we’d swing by Mountain High Sandwich Company for lunch on the go. Don’t pass up the cookies they’re crazy good. Another favorite spot was Tunnel Creek Cafe for their smoothies and paninis.




5. I heard a rumor that there was a floating bar somewhere in Incline Village and knew we had to check it out. It did not disappoint. Turns out it’s attached to the Hyatt Hotel, which I highly recommend if you go the hotel route. The views are amazing and the scene is really fun with umbrellas, cabanas, boats and jet skis for rent and a great restaurant. We sat on the dock for a bit and watched the boats go by and had a cold beer. Also the Lone Eagle Grille right there is a great spot for dinner. We went to celebrate Todd’s birthday and had the best time and a great meal—order the meringue pine cone dessert! 6. A highlight of our trip was getting to see Tahoe from the lake. We went for a 2 hour sunset sail with Tahoe Sailing Charters on the most perfect summer day. They put out light snacks, served beverages and had the greatest playlist setting the mood. We also got quite the insider scoop on hidden beaches to check out around the lake. Some we never made it too but plan on visiting on our next trip. We got off the boat feeling like we had new friends and an amazing perspective of Lake Tahoe.





7. We did a handful of morning and afternoon hikes since the wildflowers were blooming everywhere. The options are endless and you can find some great suggestions here. But our favorite was Ophir Creek/Tahoe Meadows. The views and valley was incredible. We had the best time and even found a few patches of snow left over and had an impromptu snowball fight on a 80ยบ day. I highly suggest getting a hiking backpack if you have toddlers, it made the whole experience ten times easier and Elin loved getting in it. 8. With so many amazing beaches, parks, meadows and picturesque spots, all I could think about was plopping down and having a picnic. I found Picnic, a full service catering/picnic company that will make and deliver a farm to table blanket meal that is fresh, healthy and presented on stylish platters. We spent an evening at Lake Forest Beach that had picnic tables next to a field of blooming Lupines and it was the greatest way to watch the afternoon glow take over.





9. We found another way to get out on the water, renting canoes, stand up paddleboards and kayaks from Adrift Tahoe. They delivered the gear wherever we were, offered advice on best spots to check out and were super accommodating when it came to delivery and pick ups. This is a must because you can go in and around some of the rocky coves and find a spot to just relax and daydream. 10. Lastly my favorite discovery during our trip was Hidden Beach. A cove that was tucked away near Incline Village that you had to hike into but was worth every extra ounce of effort to get to. Hardly anyone was there and the view was one of the best. We swam around the giant boulders, lounged in our own section of the petite beach and watched Elin collect little pebbles. Some of my favorite moments were here.



Fun Getaway to North Lake Tahoe, Nevada BY: CHICAGO FOOD GIRL July 11, 2016 In desperate need of some R&R, I recently traveled west to Nevada/California. My boyfriend and I spent the first few days enjoying the outdoors in Lake Tahoe before making our way to The Biggest Little City in the World, Reno, NV. Lake Tahoe is one of the most popular destinations on the west coast and is famous for the wonderful scenery. Voted America’s best and most beautiful lake, there are many ways to enjoy the vast terrain. The cultural scene in Reno has some amazing art and music venues. Along with world-renowned food and wine, it’s one of Nevada’s best destinations. Check-out my photo journal below.


Views from above Incline Village, looking at Crystal Bay


Adjusting to Tahoe life (@HyattRegency)


Halibut (Lone Eagle Grille)


Dessert? Do you even have to ask? Baked Tahoe (Lone Eagle Grille)


Endless possibilities‌(@HyattRegency)


Fore!!! My first golf experience (@golfincline)


First tee (@golfincline)


Lunch on the course (The Grille at the Chateau)


Epic dinner view (@christy_hill_lakeside_bistro)



Amazing breakfast (@ChezLouieReno)


10 great ways to enjoy the Fourth of July before the fireworks begin BY: JULIE KAILUS July 2, 2016 The Fourth of July is all about the beautiful independence of Americans. And nothing says freedom like getting after it in the great outdoors. This summer the 4th falls on a Monday, so check your destination of choice to see when the fireworks fly. But wherever you land, you can’t go wrong with one of these iconic adventures. PADDLING IN NORTH LAKE TAHOE, CALIFORNIA

Standup paddleboarders navigate a section of The Laek Tahoe Water Trail. Photo: Courtesy of Corey Rich Two super SUP Lake Tahoe Water Trail routes for spending the 4th on the quiet side of the lake: Go from Carnelian Bay (put-in at Waterman’s Landing) to Kings Beach for post-paddle a beer, wine and mixed drink garden, sandcastle building contest, watermelon-eating contest and firework display.


Or launch from Sunnyside Marina Beach Area on North Lake Tahoe’s northwestern shoreline, ending at Commons Beach for Tahoe City’s 71st annual Funky Beach Bash and fireworks party. Yes, please!


LAKE TAHOE July 2016




Where People Get Dirty for Science Explore Great Basin National Park with a lifelong caving enthusiast who is “fascinated with the unknown” – and perhaps get bitten by the same caving bug that she did. June 15, 2016 Every year, about 30,000 visitors tour the Lehman Caves beneath Great Basin National Park, near the border of Nevada and Utah. During their half-mile underground journey, people are amazed at the dizzying array of spectacular cave features, from the usual stalactites and stalagmites to bizarre formations like frostwork, moonmilk, parachute shields and rock draperies, all of which seem like inventions from a Dr Seuss storybook. But according to Great Basin ecologist Gretchen Brown, tourists often miss out on the other spectacular show that is happening all around them: a science fiction collection of creepy crawly critters specifically adapted to life in these caves – with some considered “new to science”.


A lifelong caving enthusiast who is “fascinated with the unknown”, Brown has been working as an ecologist at Great Basin for the past 15 years. In that time, she has tracked and catalogued such species as the rhagidid mite, the pseudoscorpion, translucent millipedes and newly resurgent long-eared bats. “One of the most exciting things in the world is to see cave predation in action!” Brown exclaimed, referencing a battle she witnessed between a pseudoscorpion and a nearly microscopic cave fly.


It’s this attention to detail that Brown encourages visitors to embrace on their trip to the park. She calls Lehman an “intimate” cave, with twists and turns that put people right in the middle of everything. Watching a tiny drip of water inch its way down a small soda straw opening in the ceiling is to witness the magic of geology in action, she said. And when the tour stops, instead of snapping pictures of the rock towers, she recommends kneeling down to take a look at the cave floor. Perhaps you’ll see a wiggling centipede darting into a hole. Or maybe even spot a “minden” nest of a native packrat, a home passed down through hundreds of generations of mouse families – that is, if one isn’t too sensitive to dig into fossilized mouse poop.

Even with precautions, the near endless procession of visitors brings a certain amount of unintended external dust and dirt to the caves, clogging and coating the floors and walls with visitor “lint”. During Great Basin’s “Lint Camp”, volunteers are assigned a few square feet to meticulously clean off the above-ground coating. Brown’s amazement at the clean sections is akin to art historians restoring a masterpiece painting to its original form – a Sistine Chapel of speleological features. And as a special reward, volunteers are allowed entry into sections of the cave usually reserved for park staff. For those who are willing to dig even deeper into Great Basin’s secrets, a “wild cave” awaits – one without tours, trails, lighting or guides. Not for the claustrophobic, visitors must apply for a permit, bring their own safety equipment, attest to previous caving experience and demonstrate their ability to squirm through a narrow opening in a sample cave section made out of concrete in front of the visitors centre. Brown describes the 1,000ft-long “Little Muddy” cave as “kind of maze-y”. When asked if people often get lost inside it, she responds with a bit of caver Zen: “You’re never lost as long you’re enjoying where you are.”


Brown clearly enjoys where she is, exploring both the above- and below-ground ecosystems at Great Basin National Park. She encourages visitors to do the same, and perhaps get bitten by the same caving bug that she did (metaphorically at least, considering those centipedes). Above ground, Brown boasts of the park’s equally lively flora and fauna populating the high desert environment, from the yapping kit foxes to the 5,000-year-old Bristlecone pine trees, one of the oldest living things on Earth. And at night, far from any city lights, the high elevation and dry air provide one of the best places in America to view stars. The dome above, of course, is only rivalled by that which lies below.


10 Mountain Resorts for a Cool Summer Getaway Soak up dramatic backdrops, lively festivals and quality time in the great outdoors. BY KYLE MCCARTHY May 28, 2016 Trade crowded sands for the chance to hike, bike, raft and enjoy other outdoor adventures. Across picturesque mountain towns, local residents rave about the beauty of stark white winters transitioning into the vivid colors of summer – a feat of nature that travelers can enjoy, too. And with charming mountain resorts priced at 30 to 50 percent less in the summertime than in peak ski season, you may find yourself saying, "I came for the winter and stayed for the summer," as so many locals do. Here are 10 favorite ski resorts that offer enticing outdoor adventures and festivals for every mountain explorer.

Resort at Squaw Creek Lake Tahoe, California


North Lake Tahoe, which is surrounded by the Sierra Madre Mountains on the California-Nevada border, boasts 12 mountain resorts, 24 beaches and 126 miles of single-track biking trails. Host of the 1960 Winter Olympics, Squaw Valley is home to the Resort at Squaw Creek, a convenient base for weekend athletics and festivals, including Tough Mudder (a strenuous obstacle race) and Wanderlust, a festival filled with yoga and music. Soak up the California-style vibes with stand-up paddleboarding yoga, aerial fabrics classes, a swim in the crystal green waters, kayaking or fly-fishing. There's also a kids club for guests ages 5 to 13, plus family yoga and blues concerts, among many free events.


How to Get Outside (and Get Cultured) Every Weekend This Summer You’re going to fill every free day- from Memorial Day through Labor Day- with wild races, delicious food and drink, good music, and an abalone or two BY STEPHANIE PEARSON May 23, 2016 Beautiful, sublime summer is almost here. But it can go by in the blink of an eye, and that means you should never spend a weekend at home just because you didn't know what plans to make. To make the most of your carefree days, we rounded up the most unique outdoor experiences in North America. There's an event or race for every weekend, so keep this calendar handy at all times. August 27: Peaks and Paws Where: Village at Squaw Valley, California Cost: $5


Man’s best friend is the star at this all-day fest that benefits the Humane Society of Truckee-Tahoe, with events like the K9 Kings Ultimate Flying Dog Show, an entertaining display of doggie athleticism. Humans participate, too: join a guided hike up a peak, listen to bluegrass bands like The Cherry Pickers and Dusty Green Bones on the big stage, or walk away with a new four-legged friend. And, yes, there’s even a “Yappy Hour” where you can save $1 on drinks and your pooch can munch on complimentary dog treats.


Free Concerts at North Lake Tahoe The pay-nothing summer series is revving up for a spirited, sound-packed run. BY ALYSIA GRAY PAINTER May 15, 2016

SUMMER AT THE LAKE: The ideal June, July, or August getaway tends to change from individual to individual, but plenty of vacationers share some eternal, and eternally pleasing, goals. Finding a little fresh air is key for many of us, as is some time spent in or next to water. A few interesting and "fun" meals would also be lovely, and the time to sleep in without a care in the world (or at least the everyday cares we typically face). AS FOR MUSIC, live and in person? We want it on our trip and, if possible, we'd like it for free. There are numerous summertime tune festivals, and weekend-long, band-packed extravaganzas, but finding a series that's all about A) solid bands and B) lake-close entertainment and C) absolutely zero admission is a bit trickier. Unless, of course, you're making for North Lake Tahoe, where Concerts at Commons Beach,


"North Lake Tahoe's largest free live music event," rocks on for several get-happy weeks. It has a presence within four months, too, with a small push into early September, so whenever you're heading up to the mountains over the summer might just be the right time for a show. Shows like... DUSTBOWL REVIVAL, a twang-tastic act that opens the 2016 series on June 19, along with Sweetwater String Band. Mumbo Gumbo, Jellybread, Midtown Social, and Joy & Madness are just a few of the other bands that will fill up the Sunday afternoons of a North Lake Tahoe summer with dance-able, chill-outable tuneage. Picnics are a-okay, or you can buy your vittles from a food purveyor there. And where is "there," exactly? Tahoe City, natch. So plan your water-close time, your vacation-style sleeping in, and your gratis music enjoyment, up the mountains and with a dollop of summer sound-styling on the side.


California: Yoga, music, outdoor thrills! Wanderlust Festival returns to Squaw Valley this summer BY BRIAN E. CLARK April 28, 2016

Wanderlust Festival fans stretch during a morning class at Squaw Valley ski resort near Lake Tahoe in California. (Wanderlust Festival) The Wanderlust Festival, which features top-tier yoga classes, speakers and live music, will return to the Squaw Valley ski resort near Lake Tahoe from July 14 to 17. The gathering also will include outdoor adventure activities such as hikes, kayaking, biking, stand-up paddle boarding, photo treks and outdoor meditation. Billed as the "ultimate restorative getaway," Wanderlust events also appeal to foodies and draws many families with an interest in yoga. Tickets range in price from $10 for a single Aerial Yoga class to $490 for a four-day pass that includes three activities a day (yoga, meditation, hiking, hooping and more) plus one daily lecture and access to all music. Here’s a rundown on what's coming up:


Yoga in the outdoors at the Wanderlust Festival which returns to Squaw Valley ski resort in July. (Wanderlust Festival) Yoga: Participants take yoga classes taught by some of the world’s most sought-after teachers, including Seane Corn, Shiva Rea, Dharma Mittra, Gurmukh and Eoin Finn, in an inspiring outdoors setting. Music: Get down with live performances featuring the experimental digital rock of Yeasayer, reggae great Stephen Marley, the electronica/world fusion sound of Beats Antique as well as Magic Giant, Son Little, Kaminanda, Kevin Paris, Masood Ali Kahn and the sweet beats of DJ Tasha Blank, DJ Drez and DJ Sol Rising. Meditation: Relax and get centered with meditation classes from renowned teachers such as Noah Levine, Sianna Sherman, Julie Rader Wellan and Shakti Sunfire. Nature and outdoors: In addition to hiking, kayaking and biking, Wanderlusters can also participate in imaginative activities such as acroyoga, hula hooping and slacklining. Talks: Inspiration comes in the Speakeasy series, a lecture program featuring thought leaders like Jeffrey Hollender, co-founder of Seventh Generation, who will discuss sustainable business and corporate responsibility; Lauren Singer, who will discuss practical ways to create near zero waste; and chef Jason Wrobel, host of the Cooking Channel TV series "How To Live to 100," who will discuss the healing power of food. The Wanderlust Festival tour continues beyond Squaw Valley (located in Olympic Valley, Calif.) with stops in Canada at Whistler, British Columbia, from July 28 to Aug. 1; and Tremblant, Quebec, from Aug. 11 to 14


Photos & The 10 Best Moments from WinterWonderGrass Tahoe 2016 WinterWonderGrass in Squaw Valley- Olympic Village, CA BY IAN STONE April 5, 2016 It is extremely difficult to pick only 10 stand-out moments because this year’s WinterWonderGrass festival in Squaw Valley certainly had many more than 10 amazing moments. The 2016 edition seemed to only build on last year’s success, with improvements like adding bands in a third tent, extending free beer tasting hours, and upping the game with even better merch, lighting and talent. Between main stage sets, each of the three tents which also doubled as bar areas and beer tasting events, bands would play mini-sets to keep everyone entertained and engaged. The event is designed so you have ample time to taste beer from many different areas and several bands play multiple times, giving everyone plenty of options and experiences throughout the weekend. This was the second annual WinterWonderGrass Tahoe, held at Squaw Valley Resort in Olympic Village, California, the site of the 1960 Winter Olympics. In its inaugural year the weather varied, with rain and sleet during Greensky Bluegrass’ closing set, but this year was quite the opposite. Mother nature delivered a healthy dose of sunshine and warm temps during the day, and clear skies with a slight chill in the air – but not too cold to keep the crowds away – at night. Slushy ski conditions allowed for tank-tops and vests on the mountain. Thanks to El Nino, Squaw had 100 percent of its terrain open during the festival this year and giving winter sports aficionados plenty of things to keep busy. For the non-skiers and snowboarders, the hot tub and bar at Squaw’s High Camp was open, and Squaw’s village provided plenty of other activities, yoga, food options and bars. On Saturday morning, one of the bands from the festival played an impromptu set in the village, one of many great surprises Squaw and WinterWonderGrass and Squaw had in store.


1. Quite possibly the best moment of the entire festival was on Friday, April 1 when Greensky Bluegrass took to a smoke-filled stage. The music began playing, and the band slowly emerged from the rising cloud of smoke – however, much to the surprise of the crowd the musicians were lip-syncing and were actually GSBG imposters. John Skehan from Railroad Earth stood in for Paul Hoffman, notably the most obvious to even casual Greensky fans, as Hoffman has a long dark brown beard and Skehan’s hair and beard are completely white. Others joined in on the prank as members of The Lil’ Smokies and Fruition filled out other spots on the stage, pretending to play and lip sync to the album version of Greensky’s popular single, “Windshield.” The jig was up when the “real” band finally came out and segued from the recording to their instruments, finishing out the tune on their own. The shenanigans continued all throughout the set as Scott Law came out for “I’d Probably Kill You,” but the band introduced him as “Art Garfunkel” continuing the April Fools’ pranking. The set wasn’t all jokes though, as they delivered a seriously jamming performance that included a cover of Phish’s “Julius” and a raging version of Black Sabbath’s “War Pigs” with Jay Cobb Anderson sitting-in. 2. Pickin’ On The Dead played sets in one of the side tents, the Picken’ Perch three times throughout the day on Sunday, April 3 between mainstage sets. Each time their set completely packed the tent, and people would be overflowing outside. They gave fans a healthy dose of Grateful Dead as most filled their two ounce taster cups from a variety of craft brewers. I loved the “Maggie’s Farm” and “Friend Of The Devil” covers, but the crowd seemed pretty fired up during favorites like “Scarlet Begonias” and “I Know You Rider.” Since it was so hard to get around in the tent, I needed a beer and headed across to the Jamboree Tent. I knew I was in heaven at WinterWonderGrass because when I left the Dead tent and entered the Jamboree tent, Horseshoes And Hand Grenades were covering Bob Dylan’s “It’s All Over Now, Baby Blue.” Greatness just seemed to be everywhere.


3. Sometimes, you can’t be in all places at once and this certainly holds true at WinterWonderGrass, but fortunately most of the bands play multiple times giving you a chance to see everyone. There were a couple of really unique performances that I personally did not catch, but saw photos and wish I had. On Sunday, Fruition, Brad Parsons and members of Grant Farm joined forces as the “WinterWondergrass All-Stars” and played a set above 8,000 feet on the mountain near the top of the Emigrant chairlift. From the photos I saw, it looked beyond epic. The other was dubbed “Jam In The Tram,” which consisted of a jam session in the aerial tram which transports passengers from Squaw’s base up to high camp at 8,200 feet. On Thursday evening, they had an exclusive dining event at high camp with music on the tram as it went up and down.

4. The WinterWonderGrass All-Stars, with members of Fruition and Grant Farm, also played together on Friday in the Jamboree Tent and delivered a fantastic version of The Band’s “Up On Cripple Creek” with Brad Parsons sitting-in. The beer flowed and so did the music, as this was during the final moments of the free daily beer tastings, and everyone dived in to get their final pours (including this author). 5. Beer tastings were free each day during the festival from 2 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. and there were many breweries providing two ounce pours of everything from double IPA’s to blonde ales. My favorite of the weekend was Bay City Brewing’s California Pale Ale with 7.7 ABV and brewed with Simcoe hops. The beer tents flanked the sides of the main stage area, giving everyone a tasty reprieve during set-breaks, and also had many great bands while the delicious beers were consumed. Other notable breweries in attendance were Lagunitas, Golden Road, Fifty Fifty Brewing, Rubicon, and Knee Deep Brewing. They even had some cider for the non-beer drinkers. When tasting hours ended, the festival offered


discounted beer if you had your own “Kleen Kanteen” cup, which was provided to three-day pass patrons. 6. Scott Law and Ross James led Cosmic Twang, which really got things going on the first day during happy hour. They brought out Tim Carbone from Railroad Earth, and played a fantastic version of “Big Railroad Blues,” which they segued straight into another crowd favorite “Deep Elum Blues.” Just when you thought things couldn’t get better, they took it up another notch for a cover of the New Riders of the Purple Sage tune, “Somebody Robbed The Glendale Train” which had everyone old and young singing and dancing right along. 7. Saturday afternoon the sun was shining, people wore tank tops, t-shirts, and/or capes while The Dustbowl Revival played a ripping set with acapella-esque harmonies and fast picking. They then busted out a cover of The Band’s “Up on Cripple Creek,” definitely winning the prize for the best version of that song played all weekend, which also happened to be the most covered song.

8. The Travelin’ McCourys got things heated up on Sunday afternoon as the sun began to make its way back behind the mountain ridges, filling the sky with orange hues and cotton candy shaped clouds. The asphalt started to shake when Ronnie McCoury came to take the lead for “Cumberland Blues” and kept the Dead vibes going with covers of “Loser” straight into “Deal” to close the set. 9. Les Claypool is always a character, jumping around stage with funky hats and antics, and although he didn’t have costumes or hats, he certainly didn’t leave his strange and witty comments at home. Things opened strong and hard with a Primus song, “Wynona’s Big Brown Beaver,” after which he commented on, “How many amazing seasoned bluegrass musicians are here” – but noted that he’s not one of them. He would poll the crowd on various topics like skiers vs. snowboarders, told stories about Oysterhead


tour and their stop in Vancouver where they met Mr. Stompin’ Tom Connors, and much more. But he backed up the stories with playing, busting out one of Stompin’ Tom’s songs infused with elements of Canadian lore, and his Johnny Cash-esque style called “The Bridge Came Tumbling Down.” The stories were all relatable, and quite funny. He also busted out one of my favorite Frog Brigade tunes, “Buzzards of Green Hill,” and closed things out with a cover of “Stayin’ Alive” by Bee Gees which really got the crowd dancing.

10. Leftover Salmon rounded out the Main Stage on Sunday night as the final headliner, busting out favorites like “Aquatic Hitchhiker” which was very intense and got the crowd quite riled up (despite being less packed than the previous night). They also played songs like “Breakin’ Thru,” inviting Jay Starling to play dobro, who wound up staying for the remainder of the set. Things just got better and better as each song saw LoS add a special guest until the end of the set. Out next came Jason Carter from The Travelin’ McCoury’s on violin for “High Country.” They really kicked it into high gear when Silas Herman from Gipsy Moon came out on mandolin for “Lonesome Weary Ramblin’ Highway Man,” a Great American Taxi song, to close the set. They figured we were hungry after a long weekend, and sent us off with a “Pasta on the Mountain” encore and it sure was delicious. Salmon also played a rocking show at the Olympic Village Inn, just steps away from the festival grounds late night Saturday. The line was out the door and around the block, and left ticketless fans waiting in the cold in hopes of scoring a ticket. 11. Because a Top 10 list just simply isn’t enough for WinterWonderGrass, here’s the honorable number 11. Railroad Earth played to likely the biggest crowd of the three days on Saturday evening and gave us a wonderfully segued set of tunes starting with “The Forecast” – which might possibly have been the best


song of the day. They went straight into “The Hunting Song” and from there kept going straight into “Chasin a Rainbow.”





Alaska Airlines Lets Orange County Squeeze Out Tahoe Spring Skiing BY MATT COKER April 1, 2016

What seems like all of Nevada as viewed from Heavenly Mountain Ski Resort in South Lake Tahoe. For the first time in what feels like, well, forever, California ski areas have extended their seasons—in a year that had them opening sooner than they had for the first time in many, many un-snow-capped moons. "This year's ski season in California is on pace to be one of the longest seasons in the past several years due to the abundance of mountain snow that El Niùo has delivered," says meteorologist Brian Lada of AccuWeather.com.


Take Tahoe Donner Downhill Ski Area—please! Last season it closed on Jan. 29, but this year it will be running through the middle of this month. Resorts from way up north down to Big Bear have announced the U.S. Forest Service has granted them permission to remain open past an original April 17 end date. Heck, a couple more storms and June Mountain may live up to its name. "This season has been our best yet and we can't wait to see what else Mother Nature brings us [next] season," says Ashely Quadros, Tahoe Donner's marketing content coordinator. It has gotten easier for Orange Countians to touch skis and snowboards to Reno-Lake Tahoe area snow. I found this out on March 16, when I rode on the inaugural Alaska Airlines flight from John Wayne Airport to Reno International (thanks to the airline, various Reno and Lake Tahoe visitor groups and the Abbi Agency).


No, Reno is not living up to the white trash reputation propagated by a certain mock police reality show from several Comedy Central seasons past. These are friendly service dogs in smocks that state "pet me" and their volunteer human handlers who meet passengers to soothe flight-frazzled nerves. Canines are not all that greet you. Squaw Valley Ski Resort (squawalpine.com) has a shop right there in the arrival terminal where, if you show them your plane ticket, you'll get a free lift ticket for use that same day. This is most convenient to Orange Countians as the first, hour-and-change Alaska Airlines flight departs at 8 a.m. Other Reno and Tahoe resorts offer the same deal and some, like Mt. Rose, let you put $150 down on a season pass and make payments afterward for unlimited skiing the rest of this spring and all next winter. But my first stop was not to the snow but Peppermill Reno (peppermillreno.com), a mammoth resort and casino that's mostly decorated like a Caligula set. After dropping my bags, I


managed to get lost in the labyrinth, eventually winding up in the arcade, which was begging for players at that hour. Judging by the size of the room, a hundred of them could have fit with much space to spare. Dinner was in the resort's Bimini steak house, where I fulfilled my once-a-week beef quota with a 14-ounce boneless New York strip loin recommended by my ever-helpful waiter. Tip: If you order this, only eat half because I was so famished I finished the whole thing but felt as if it did not fully digest for two more days. Of course, the steamed asparagus, spinach and endive salad, rum battered coconut prawns and lump crabmeat stuffed mushrooms on the side probably did not help. What? I'm a growing boy!

Of course, I was not so full that I could not scarf down a huevos rancheros platter the next morning at the resort's Biscotti’s breakfast restaurant. It's pretty much the dish we all know so well—two eggs, black beans, tomatillo salsa, queso fresco, sour cream, guacamole, cilantro, lime wedges—but in addition to heated, handmade corn tortillas, they serve airy, deep-fried ones of the side. Fortunately, I was to walk that off during a tour of the whole place—including an owner's suite that was supposed to be unoccupied but wasn't—led by Dave Fuller. He's a longtime casino manager in Reno and Las Vegas who later in life made the switch to overseeing the hotel side as director of operations. It was amazing how many customers and regular guests he knew by name as we walked floor to floor. I was supposed to go next to the National Automobile Museum (automuseum.org) in Reno, but I drove in the totally wrong direction, something I did not realize until I reached the Virginia City turnoff. By the time I turned around, I was already late for lunch date at a Reno gastropub that would even impress San Diegans. The old world style ales and lagers at Brasserie Saint James (brasseriesaintjames.com) have won so many awards that a second location recently opened in San Francisco. But while you'll come for the suds, you'll stay for the grub. After my party of three started with house made pretzels, chicken wings, French fries and poutine with duck (or you can get pork or just plain), I figured we were done ordering. Nope, it was on to an entree, and my sandwich has to go down as one of the best I have ever vacuumed. The Cubano de Santiago is made up of mojo de ajo marinated pork, jamon, havarti, pickles and mustard hot pressed and with a side of the red and green cabbage Mama Salad (think cole slaw with avocado chunks). I washed all this down with a very generous six-glass sampler I had the waitress pick out. I'd drink them all again, but must confess I was most partial to the Daily Wages, a Saison/farmhouse ale (6.7 percent ABV). I was able to walk off (or stumble off) this meal with a walking tour of Reno's funky


Midtown (downtownmakeover.com), where one will find still more breweries and distilleries as well as one-of-a-kind shops, including several that gear themselves for those outfitting (literally) for the August Burning Man festival (burningman.org) a couple hours away. The city adopts many of the large art pieces that would otherwise be burned down at the end of Burning Man and sprinkles them around town as public art, including some outside the Nevada Museum of Art (nevadaart.org).

Next it was off to South Lake Tahoe (tahoesouth.com), where I checked into the family friendly Lake Tahoe Resort Hotel (tahoeresorthotel.com). I'd actually stayed steps away from the place years ago, at Harveys, and my how that village has changed. I don't even recall there having been a village before. It kind of reminds me of the shops, entertainment and skiing facilities around Mammoth Mountain or on the north side of Lake Tahoe at Northstar. But South Lake Tahoe's seems less snooty, more everyman. That night brought drinks, dinner and magic show at Loft Theatre (thelofttahoe.com), which is a short walk from the resort and past a gondola that takes one up to the slopes. Turns out magician/illusionist Tony Clark hails from Los Angeles and the Magic Castle. After breakfast at the newest of three Red Hut Cafe (redhutcafe.com) locations and picking up rentals at the Rainbow Mountain shop (rainbowskirentals.com) on the way to the Heavenly parking lot, it was finally time to ski. The snow was a tad icy in the late morning, but it quickly softened to powder by noon. The great thing about Heavenly, which is the only South Tahoe resort I'd skied before, is it suits every kind of alpine skiing: tree, trails, groomers, moguls, back country. Runs are wide enough where you never feel in danger of getting clipped by a newbie (or snowboarder). I recall looking from the bottom to the top of one run on the more rustic Nevada side and not seeing a single soul on it. The views of the lake on the California side and the Nevada flatland on the other were breathtaking.


I had dinner that night at Edgewood, an upscale restaurant on the grounds of the golf course of the same name that for the past 25 years has hosted the American Century Celebrity Golf Championship. That tournament has apparently led to frequent player Charles Barkley being unofficially adopted by South Tahoe, he is so beloved. At dinner, where I had an amazingly refined red snapper dish and white wine I could never afford, I sat across from Christina Procter, a longtime newspaperwoman who "graduated " to public relations. She represents Lake Tahoe Resort Hotel and, get this, its sister property the Anaheim Majestic Garden Hotel. It was the Sheraton back in the days when I was parking cars at Disneyland (back in the days when Disneyland had a parking lot). What I found most amazing about Edgewood was how the view from my table, even on a chilly winter night, reminded me of one I had during an intimate dinner on the sand in Kauai.


Perhaps it was that chill that caused me to wake up at 2 in the morning in my Lake Tahoe Resort Hotel because my chest was inflamed. (As I write this, I'm still saddled with the cough.) This was unfortunate because breakfast would be followed by a trip to Mt. Rose Ski Resort, which is 20 minutes or so from Reno, for more skiing. I thought a stop at CVS for one of those daytime/nighttime cold medicine combos would get me through the day, but I was just flat-out miserable. On one trip down a steep chute—with snow that was icy where it was not slushy, although that could have been my foul mood talking—I caught an edge and landed hard on the back of my head. Thank God for helmets. I then skied down to the lodge for some Jameson's "cough medicine" and in no time had my head affixed to a barside table. I decided to go back and catch some Zzzzzz's in my Jeep rental. A car alarm woke me and I looked at the clock to see it was 4:40—and I'd be getting picked up for dinner in Reno back at the Peppermill in 20 minutes! Fortunately, the clock in the Jeep was two hours past the actual time. As I fumbled around the back of the SUV, I discovered why I had been in such a fog all day: I had not taken daytime cold medicine; I had actually purchased a two-pack of nighttime cold medicine. Doh!


Even though I left the resort on time, I had little time to make myself presentable for dinner at Wild River Grille. But owner Chuck Shapiro, who used to live in Orange, made me feel right at home. Or perhaps it was his locally sourced short ribs braised in a port and shallot demi glace. (Excellent. And yes, I did exceed my once-a-week beef limit. What happens in Reno ...) Dinner was followed by what my itinerary had listed as "7–9 p.m. Reno Bike Tour with Matt Lush." First of all—WTF?—I'm riding a bike in the dark in a city I barely know? B) Yes, that is an apt description of me, but it is still not polite to call this Matt a lush. As it turned out, Matt Lush was my Abbi Agency host for the evening, and we and about 10 others would be peddling the Reno Brew Bike, which looks like what would result if a bar and a bicycle had a baby. Believe it or not, drinking in public is not allowed even in everything-goes Nevada, so our rowdy party rode the tandem bike from bar to bar for an ever slowing pub tour. I was proud to see a couple selections from Bootleggers of Fullerton in one of the joints. Now, doing a partially outdoor pub crawl while sick is not recommended, and neither is what I did next: force my eyes to remain open at Peppermill's EDGE Nightclub. Four dudes and I had a large private room that seats 12 and $250 Bulleit Rye bottle service that I surely would have appreciated more were I not feeling like such a wreck. Needless to say, my head hit the Peppermill pillow hard that night.


Indeed, I was illin' so hard I slept through my appointment for an 80 minute Bindi Herbal Body Rejuvenation at Peppermill's Spa Toscana the next morning. Instead I camped in the sauna and steam room on the men's side of the spa in hopes of breaking up what had the inside of my chest in a vice grip. Next it was off to my Weekly colleague Taylor Hamby's favorite place: Virginia City.

You may know that name from teevee's Bonanza, and it still looks like you could film an episode there now. Several gray-haired townsfolk even dress the part. Separate mine and trolley tours of the 1800s mining boomtown were very interesting and highly recommended, as is the totally time trippy Bucket of Blood Saloon. Later it was on back to the Peppermill for a sweet and sour soup dinner at the bar of the


Chi Chinese restaurant, a deposit of $4.99 in a casino slot machine (I kept my 1-cent voucher as a souvenir), a return engagement with that pillow and then an Alaska Airlines departure the next morning for home.

I'm already plotting a summer return the area because of all the cool things I learned happen in RenoSouth Tahoe that time of year. In fact, the plan is to write about that in an upcoming print edition. But before that, I am going to get my eyes checked so I make sure to get the right medicine next time. Hang on, Snoopy, Snoopy hang on!


PHOTO BY BRINR PHOTO FOR NORTH LAKE TAHOE

11 Other Places in California to See Gorgeous Wildflowers Death Valley isn't the only place blooming March 18, 2016 By now, you've probably seen an unlikely photo of flowers blooming in the Death Valley desert floating around on Facebook and Instagram. (If not, here's everything you need to know about Death Valley's super bloom—and why you need to see it now.) But Death Valley's not the only place in California that's seeing unreal wildflower growth right now. Here are 11 places in Northern, Central, and Southern California where spring is definitely in season.

LAKE TAHOE, NORTHERN CALIFORNIA Lake Tahoe pulls off the winter wonderland look flawlessly, but it does spring just as well. Once the snow melts, it's time to plan a trip. Waist-high lupine like these are a common sighting around the lake, while Alpine lilies cover the mountains.


TAKING SHOTS WITH THE SKI BROS IN TAHOE March 1, 2016 PB&Js at The Slot Bar “No Snow Talk” is printed on a flimsy sheet of paper and tacked up on the wall behind a blonde, dreadlocked bartender. That’s a hefty edict here at The Slot Bar in North Lake Tahoe, where snow is what’s on everyone’s mind all day, every day, and into the night. The 500-square-foot dive bar in Olympic Valley, CA was named in honor of a ski run at Squaw Valley Ski Resort, the site of the 1960 Olympics. Roughly 30 people can squeeze in at once, even fewer when a pair of chilly hounds bound in off their leashes from the frigid outdoors across the carpeted floor. True locals know to go here, including people like pro skier/avalanche-survivor JT Holmes, who is bellied up to the bar. It’s hard to see, but he likely has a “PB&J,” The Slot’s go-to order: a can of Pabst Blue Ribbon with a shot of any liquor beginning with “j.” The two 50-something skiers next to him are getting loud, and the bartender is into it. Like a momma bird, he obliging pours Jameson directly into one of the men’s grey-bearded mouth. The Slot blessedly operates outside of the moneyed quarters of Tahoe, where the mighty San Francisco tech dollar subdues bar owners and restaurateurs into packaging up mini, snowy Silicon Valley


experiences. But this bar is hidden in plain sight in a strip-mall of mediocre restaurants and shops at the base of the Squaw Valley ski hill. A girl named Connie and I order up two PB&J’s and out comes a “shotski,” an actual ski with tiny bootshaped shot glasses glued in a row. This way, two or more people can down their shots simultaneously, theatrically (and thematically). I’ve only had a few sips of the PBR so far and don’t know what to do with this thing. Connie does. We raise the ski to our chins and flip our heads back like two Pez dispensers. Everyone in the bar turns their attention to us, including the dogs, and sloppily cheers. It feels like a college basement party, in the best possible way. Naughty By Nature’s old rap anthem “OPP” is playing. Nearly a quarter of a century after it topped the charts, I still know every word. I’m singing every word. That’s fine because we’re in Tahoe and everyone is a ski bro and can’t justly judge a 36-year-old white lady rapping along with a song from her youth. The East Coast beats pulse through the dank western air while a professional ski video—a kind of ubiquitous athletic porn in every ski town—plays on loop next to the “No Snow Talk” warning sign. Go ahead and look. Just don’t talk about it.


The 28 Best Trips of 2016 March 1, 2016

From epic skiing in Antarctica to a lazy beer-fueled canoe trip in North Carolina, these are the best places to visit this year

Some of our top destinations of the year, clockwise from left: Nihiwatu on Sumba Island, Indonesia; San Lorenzo Mountain Lodge in Dolomites, Italy; Wrangell-St. Elias National Park, Alaska; Havana, Cuba; and Fäviken in Järpen, Sweden. Photo: Michael Turek; Courtesy of San Lorenzo Lodges; Jim Harris; Chris Burkard; Erik Olsson Each year, we send our editors and writers on a mission to find the destinations on the vanguard of the travel. The major takeaway from our 28 favorites of 2016? The entire world is getting more adventurous. Travelers are pushing boundaries, from seeking out newly accessible Cuban bars to touring North Carolina breweries—by canoe. In years past, a cruise around the Antarctic involved lots of gawking at icebergs. Today, the same cruise has you booting up and ripping untouched snow with mountaineers Andrew McLean and Chris Davenport. But don’t think for a second that this trend is limited to far-flung and expensive trips: small towns like Bentonville, Arkansas, are investing in world-class mountain bike trails—maintained by professional crews!—and innovative, hard, and fun-as-hell races like Quincy, California’s Grinduro are popping up


just about everywhere. There's never been a better time to get out there—and this is the definitive guide to a year well traveled. …

3. Basecamp Hotel, Tahoe City, California

Basecamp. Photo: Eva Kolenko/Basecamp (3)

In 2012, Christian Strobel turned a decrepit motel in South Lake Tahoe into Basecamp, a boutique lodge for adventure travelers, with fire pits and GoPro screenings. Now he’s giving Tahoe City a Basecamp of its own, with a yoga studio, in-room bike racks, and concierges with climbing beta—all located less than 20 minutes from the slopes. —Megan Michelson


13. Nevada

From left: Cottonwood Trails; Flume Trail. Photo: Jared McMillen/Aurora; Kip Dawkins/Offset

It’s fair to say that Nevada’s mountain-biking scene is exploding—from the 539-mile Trans-Nevada Trail, which starts at Lake Tahoe and spans the entire width of the state, to miles of new trails being constructed in the state’s 48 million acres of Bureau of Land Management wilds. Start your tour of the best stuff 36 miles south of Las Vegas and ride 35 miles of smooth, flowy intermediate singletrack at the Bootleg Canyon bike park, which has received the Epic distinction from the International Mountain Bicycling Association. Then get farther afield in tiny Caliente, 150 miles northeast of Vegas, where IMBA plans to create 42 miles of trails this year. The group’s ultimate goal is to build a 150-mile system. Until then, the gravel riding in the area’s surrounding four million acres of BLM land is spectacular, and the 15 new campsites at Kershaw-Ryan State Parkjust south of town are quiet and tucked away at the base of a 700-foot canyon ($17). —S.P. … http://www.outsideonline.com/2058136/28-places-go2016?utm_source=dispatch&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_campaign=03032016&spMailingID=24878654&spUs erID=MTU4MDQ3OTI3ODA1S0&spJobID=760563416&spReportId=NzYwNTYzNDE2S0


Downhill Meets Downward Dog: Why Yoga Is The New Apres Ski The 10 best resorts to get your stretch on BY ALISON LEWIS February 26, 2016 Yoga is phenomenal for strength, flexibility and mental clarity - and for easing tight muscles. Sound good, skiers? You're not alone. Ski resort yoga classes are the latest trend for winter 2016. Top resorts across the country are offering unique and creative ways to get your Namaste on.


8. Squaw Valley, California If you’re skiing Squaw Valley, head to the Wanderlust Studio at the Village at Squaw Valley. Try their PreSki Flow, designed specifically for skiers and snowboarders with an emphasis on opening the legs and hips. Tired from a day out on the slopes or just looking to relax? Their Après Ski Restorative yoga class will stretch and soothe your muscles, boosting flexibility, mental focus and overall energy. Pro tip: If you’re staying in Tahoe between February 20th and 28th, check out the Alpenglow Mountain Festival. This nine-day celebration of mountain sports will include backcountry tours, snowshoeing, fat biking and free restorative yoga classes.


Top Spring Break Value Destinations for Families Enjoy a quick getaway with the gang without emptying your bank account BY KYLE MCCARTHY February 16, 2016

A family spring break should be the easiest and best value vacation of the year whether you're looking for an affordable snowy, sandy or urban retreat. Here are great trip ideas for groups of all ages, interests and budgets. Ski Retreats After a dry winter, snow is falling in New England. With 400 acres in Vermont's Green Mountains, solid grooming and snowshoe, snowmobile and dog sledding excursions, Vermont's Stratton Mountain Ski Resort is a good bet for all ages. Three-day weekday lift tickets in March start at only $129. And every


weekend in March and April, one Vermont ski resort from Mount Snow in Dover, Vermont to Jay Peak in Northern Vermont also runs a pond skimming contest to see who can ski or snowboard across a thawing pond without falling in. Plus, Lake Tahoe, California's many ski resorts offer affordable rates, and with 23 feet of snow this season, ski conditions are priceless. Kirkwood, about 35 miles south of Lake Tahoe and Heavenly Mountain Ski Resort, situated on the Nevada-California border, discount their lodging by 20 percent through spring; two-bedroom condos at Heavenly start from $205 per night. And at Squaw Valley-Alpine Meadows in North Lake Tahoe, beginner lift tickets with limited chairlift access are only $39, and twoday advance purchase tickets are 15 percent cheaper through April 24. Meanwhile, just outside the budget mountain town of Ogden, Utah, a $159 Ski3 Pass gives you three lift tickets to use any time at the gorgeous Snowbasin Resort, Powder Mountain or Nordic Valley. If it's too much to sort through, let travel agents at Ski.com help you find last-minute deals, maybe closer to home.


Lake Tahoe Ski Resorts Bouncing Back After Years of Drought More snow this season creating a positive effect throughout the Sierra Nevada mountains region BY: JIM CARLTON February 15, 2016

TAHOE CITY, Calif.—At this time last year, so little snow had fallen around Lake Tahoe that a nearby golf course opened months earlier than usual, and ski resorts had to make their own powder on runs flanked by bare ground. But this year, Lake Tahoe is once again a winter wonderland: resorts are enjoying the most snowfall since California’s drought began more than four years ago. That is creating a positive ripple effect throughout the picturesque region in the Sierra Nevada mountains, which has suffered economically due to the dry weather. Squaw Valley/Alpine Meadows says it is on track to record more than a million visitors this season for the first time ever. Vail Resorts Inc. credits strong performance at its Heavenly, Northstar and Kirkwood destinations at Tahoe for helping lift the company’s overall U.S. ski visits 11.1% in the season through Jan. 11 compared with a year earlier.


“In the context of the past four years, it’s as good as it gets,” said Andy Wirth, president and chief executive officer of Squaw Valley Ski Holdings Inc., whose namesake resort has been buried this season in nearly 25 feet of snow––more than in all of the 2014-15 season. Ski resorts across much of the West are enjoying bountiful snow conditions, in contrast to the weaker performance of many Eastern ski areas. Meteorologists say that is in large part due to storms fueled by the El Niño weather condition, which has also helped keep the East warmer and drier than normal much of the winter. Western ski resorts typically experience great swings in snowfall, given the region’s propensity to drought. Western ski officials say climate change is likely to make snowfall all the more unpredictable, prompting them to make changes to make the destinations more dependable attractions, such as adding alpine coasters and mountain bicycle trails that don’t depend on cold weather.

Few winter resorts have been bit harder by Western drought than Lake Tahoe, which hosts one of the largest collection of ski areas in North America. The number of skier days fell there by 37% to 2.9 million in the 2013-14 season from 4.6 million in the last big snow season of 2010-11, according to the California Ski Industry Association. Industry officials say a pullback in flights at the nearby Reno-Tahoe International Airport—which has since been reversed—also hurt ski visits. And then at the beginning of November, the snow started falling and didn’t really stop until a dry spell that began in early February. Squaw Valley’s Alpine Meadows resort opened in mid-November, a month ahead of schedule—and like other resorts, found there was unusually strong interest in skiing after the recent dry years. “The pent-up demand of the last four years has made more people come up here,” said John “J.T.” Thompson, tourism director of the North Lake Tahoe Resort Association, which reported a 17.7% surge in rental occupancies in January. The resorts were caught somewhat off guard by all the demand, much of which came from the San Francisco Bay Area about 200 miles west. “When Mother Nature did return, they came out in numbers beyond our expectations,” said John Monson, director of sales and marketing at Sugar Bowl, whose season-pass sales have soared 68% this season from last. “We’ve had days bigger than in 10 years.” Andrew Ward said the drought had kept him away from the slopes since moving from Massachusetts to a San Francisco suburb three years ago. “I wanted to come last year, but there wasn’t any snow,” said Mr. Ward, a 34-year-old software engineer, as he took a break skiing last week at Squaw Valley. “But now, almost all the runs are open.” The onslaught has unleashed a spending boom. At Tahoe Mountain Sports in Truckee, Calif., owner Dave Polivy said his sales of ski gear and other items have roughly doubled in the October-January period from a year earlier. “When people are happy, they spend more,” Mr. Polivy said.


PlumpJackSport, a ski boutique at Squaw Valley, sold more merchandise in January than in the previous January and February, said manager Megan Millar. Ski helmets, jackets and gloves have been among the hot items, she said. Outside the ski areas, snow lovers have packed into restaurants, bars and spas. A 30% jump in bookings for massages at Well Being in Kings Beach, Calif., prompted the business to double its staff of contract therapists to 10 from about five last year, said co-owner Sarah Hughes. “It’s feast or famine,” Ms. Hughes said. “And as of now we are feasting.”


Get to the snow without winter driving BY SPUD HILTON February 14, 2016

After four years of less-than-stellar snowfall (barely enough for even pygmy snowmen), it makes sense that skiers and snowboarders caught up in the giddiness of actual winter storms would forget the inevitable downside. You have to drive through them. Then again, maybe not. Depending on your budget, the time you have and exactly how much you hate the idea of Highway 80 as a 100-mile parking lot (or of trying to put chains on while tractor trailers roar by like mini El NiĂąos), there are options for getting up to the snow and down the hill without getting behind the wheel.


Ride the rails Amtrak’s California Zephyr (www.amtrak.com) runs between Emeryville and Truckee once a day (with bus service to Emeryville from San Francisco locations, or just take BART to the Richmond Station). The trip supposedly takes five hours and 28 minutes — but only when the train stops to pick up unicorns (heavy snow and priority for freight cars can add an hour or two). The Saver and Value tickets are $36 and $45, respectively, one way (depending on what’s available). Three times a day, you can catch the combo train-bus route, riding the Capitol Corridor to Sacramento and a motor coach from there to Truckee ($49 for the Value ticket). Travel time for the combo is only slightly shorter than that of the Zephyr once you factor in the layover in Sacramento. Several shuttles take Truckee train passengers to the resorts (see “North Lake Tahoe Express” below), although most of the larger resorts have their own service from downtown Truckee. Ask when you book your stay. Also: www.laketahoetransit.com.


Get on the bus If it’s just a one-day affair, Bay Area Ski Bus (www.bayareaskibus.com) offers trips to seven Tahoe resorts from San Francisco and other Bay Area cities; it’s $149 for bus and lift ticket (ski/snowboard rental and lessons extra); bus only, $85. Resorts include Heavenly, Kirkwood, Northstar, Sierra at Tahoe, Squaw Valley and Sugar Bowl — check the schedule online. If it’s just transportation you need, Megabus (www.megabus.com) now offers a route from San Francisco to Reno (it doesn’t stop in Truckee) for a base fare of $15 ($7 more for a front seat upstairs), and, of course, Greyhound (www.greyhound.com) offers direct service between San Francisco and Truckee for $27-$34 online (rates higher at the station) that because of stops, can take just shy of six hours. Hop the Sierra United Airlines (www.united.com) offers nonstop flights from San Francisco to Reno-Tahoe International that take about an hour and run from $257 to $600 round trip, depending on date and demand. Delta, American, Alaska and United fly routes with one or two stops, usually through Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Phoenix, Portland and (yes, really) Seattle. North Lake Tahoe Express (call (866) 216-5222, www.northlaketahoeexpress.com) is an airporter-style shuttle that covers the Reno airport, Truckee’s train depot and most of the ski resorts on both sides of the border ($32-$49 per person). South Tahoe Airporter (call (866) 898-2463, www.southtahoeairporter.com) offers service 10 times a day between the Reno airport and South Lake Tahoe (adults $29.75, children $16.75).


How El Nino is Impacting Lake Tahoe’s Ski Season BY SPENCER SPELLMAN

I got used to hearing “Is there even any snow there?” as I planned my ski trip to Lake Tahoe last year. A pessimistic refrain that was clearly inspired by the previous year’s snowfall, a metric that local’s said couldn’t get worse. Well it did. Many Lake Tahoe ski resorts—Homewood is one example—closed well before the end of the average ski season during the winter of 2014-2015 due to lack of snow, while other local operators like some snowmobile companies, never opened at all. Fast-forward to this ski season, and most Lake Tahoe resorts opened days, and in some cases, weeks before they’re typical start date. Sierra-at-Tahoe, for example, followed one of its earliest ski season closures with its earliest opening day in a decade. Terrain that hadn’t been skiable in several years because of low coverage was all of a sudden in-play, and skiable much earlier in the year.


“I was skiing areas over the holidays that usually aren't open until February because Lake Tahoe has received so much snow,” said South Lake Tahoe local and 2014 Winter Olympic half-pipe ski gold medalist, Maddie Bowman. As of the first official week of winter, many of Lake Tahoe’s ski resorts had surpassed or were nearing surpassing their snowfall totals of all of last year. Heavenly had a snowpack that was more than 160% of average for this time, while Kirkwood, further south, was at 170%. Meanwhile, on the north side of the lake, ski resorts like Squaw Valley have seen some form of accumulation nearly every day since opening, and Squaw and Northstar, among others, have seen more than 200 inches of snowfall. The message for travelers is simple: Don’t wait until spring to ski. The high snowfall and above-average snowpack has produced terrain and conditions you often don’t see until later in winter, as Maddie Bowman alluded to.

According to Lake Tahoe native and USA freestyle skier, Kyle Smaine, the great early season conditions can be credited to the consistency of snowfall since early November. As Smaine puts it, “It has snowed almost every single week since Thanksgiving, with resorts producing perfect, soft conditions that has opened up terrain that I haven't skied in several years.” The great ski conditions have largely been attributed to El Niño, a weather pattern in which the warming of Eastern equatorial Pacific Ocean waters can produce storms that bring above average precipitation. This isn’t always the case, but according to NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory, El Niño brought double the snowpack in the Sierras in 1983 and 1998. Perhaps even more interesting is that El Niño in California is often strongest in the coldest winter months, though Lake Tahoe has seen a majority of its snowfall in late fall and the first couple weeks of winter. That means that this could be just the beginning of optimal ski conditions both in the area, and more generally throughout California and other parts of the Western United States.


What this has meant for Lake Tahoe is some of the best ski conditions in the last decade. As Winter Olympic gold medalist Hannah Teter put it, “Lake Tahoe is finally getting back to normal, and back to the reason why I moved here 10 years ago.” While past years may have required carefully planning your Lake Tahoe ski vacation based on which mountain had gotten the most recent snow, this year sees optimal conditions throughout Lake Tahoe’s ski resorts. According to Kevin Cooper, Senior Communications Manager for Heavenly and Kirkwood, it sets up the rest of the winter, and could potentially even extend the winter ski season if the trend of weekly snowstorms continues through the colder winter months. Even with this year’s snowfall, however, weather conditions, such as strong winds, will affect lift and gondola schedules. When that’s the case, Smaine recommends Sierra-at-Tahoe in South Lake Tahoe and Sugar Bowl or Northstar in North Lake Tahoe, which are more protected from the wind. This year’s early winter conditions benefit non-skiers, too. Many winter outdoor operators have already opened up when they didn’t open the last couple years because of the lack of snow. This includes Zephyr Cove’s snowmobile operations, which has been doing daily lake-view snowmobile tours of Lake Tahoe since December. Additionally, this year’s snowfall (and predicted snowfall) affects road conditions like it hasn’t the last few years in Lake Tahoe. If you’re driving around Lake Tahoe, especially on secondary roads, you’ll need chains on your car if you don’t have four-wheel drive. Consider this especially when renting a car and when choosing on flying in and out of Reno or San Francisco, since snowstorms will significantly affect your travel time. For Lake Tahoe, however, this is a welcome downside to what’s been an upside winter.


Nostalgia-craving baby boomers are driving tourism From Route 66 and Disneyland to Hawaii and Cube, childhood memories beckon BY JON MARCUS January 30, 2016

The Crystal Bay Club in Crystal Bay, Nev., on Lake Tahoe.


The Ta-Neva-Ho gaming area in Crystal Bay, Nev., on the north shore of Lake Tahoe, was the precursor to the Crystal Bay Club. It’s a nostalgic vision of a 1950s or 1960s vacation, Linehan said, “and there are places all over the country that are positioning themselves to provide that.” Places like Lake Tahoe, where the Cal Neva Lodge, once owned by Frank Sinatra and frequented by his fellow members of the Rat Pack, is reopening this year. “It’s really kind of a tribute to the Sinatra era,” said Andy Chapman, CEO of the local visitors bureau. “There’s not only that nostalgia for a time before, but also an affinity for going to these places that the entertainment legends came to.” Back then, said Chapman, something else was different, too. “When people would go out for the evening, they’d dress up. It was a see-and-be-seen kind of thing,” he said. “There’s an element where people want to do that. It’s one of the things I think we miss.”



A Las Vegas Day Trip That’s Totally Wild Spring Mountains National Recreation Area offers mountain hikes, skiing and eerie solitude less than an hour’s drive from the Strip January 21, 2016

The Bristlecone Trail PETER BOHLER FOR THE WALL STREET JOURNAL THE FIRST TIME I slipped on the thick ice covering the trail to Mary Jane Falls, I face-planted into a pile of crusty snow. The second time, my legs jerked out from under me, my arms flapped in the air, and my butt landed with a thwack on the frozen ground. The third time I lost my balance, it finally occurred to me that sneakers were probably not the best gear to be wearing for a hike in snowy mountains. You can’t really blame me for being underprepared: The strenuous, 3.5-mile round-trip hike was a spurof-the-moment, cocktail-fueled decision during a recent weekend in Las Vegas. My friend Spencer and I were staying at a casino resort on the Strip when a local outdoorsy type told us about the Spring Mountains National Recreation Area.


A vast landscape of desert and mountains in Humboldt-Toiyabe National Forest, Spring Mountains has no dinging slot machines, no spinning roulette wheels and no cell service: just nature and quiet. And since it’s less than an hour’s drive from the Strip, it’s possible to be hiking at lunchtime and back at the tables by dinner. We were all-in. The next morning, as we drove northwest on U.S. 95, flashing billboards soon gave way to tree-dotted foothills of ocher rock. We hung a left at Highway 157, following the ribbon of concrete through barren desert dotted with coyote bush and Joshua trees. In the rearview mirror, the Strip shrank and then disappeared. The car’s engine groaned as we climbed into the mountains, past sandstone carved by the wind into striated spires and caverns and archways. When we passed a sign indicating an elevation of 6,000 feet, our ears popped. Just about then we rounded a bend and a mountain bowl blanketed with snow came into view. Within minutes, we were at the new Spring Mountains visitor center, where a park ranger greeted us and sized us up immediately: “Up for the day from the Strip?” she asked. She walked us through an exhibit that outlined some of the different ecosystems and noted that some of the region’s bristlecone pines are 5,000 years old. It was all interesting enough, but Spencer and I were itching to get out and experience some of it for ourselves, so we asked the ranger to recommend some day hikes. She ticked through about a dozen before suggesting Mary Jane Falls. We found the trailhead about 15 minutes up the road. Though the parking lot had been plowed, the trail itself was covered with a good 3 to 4 inches of snow and ice. This didn’t faze me, until I did my Bambi impressions and nearly broke my coccyx.


Still—foolishly, perhaps—we persevered. Slowly. After the first 100 yards the snow became softer, allowing us to settle into a rhythm. Then we hit the switchbacks, rocky steps that zigzagged up the mountainside for what seemed an eternity.

Spring Mountains and Route 158 PHOTO: PETER BOHLER FOR THE WALL STREET JOURNAL Covered in snow, the snaking staircases were like a step aerobics class in Antarctica. We panted. We groaned. We muttered curses. On one particularly rigorous stretch, my heart pounded so hard I heard it in my ears. On another part of the trail, I plunged my right leg into a snowdrift that came up to my knee. Finally, after sweating through the T-shirt I was wearing under my jacket and conquering about 20 switchbacks, we emerged at the base of a trickling waterfall. In front of us was a steep, sheer wall of sandstone; behind us, a panoramic view of the entire bowl, with everything shaded white. Blanketed with snow, all the mountains looked the same. But one of them was Mount Charleston, which tops out at almost 12,000 feet and is one of the tallest points in the state of Nevada. While Spencer clambered around some ledges behind the falls to find the perfect Instagram photo op, I studied the eroded sandstone itself, to which saplings clung like bromeliads. A jack rabbit hopping by was the only other living creature we saw all day.


Except for the drip-drip of the “waterfall,” we couldn’t hear a thing. In an act of defiance, I conjured my falsetto and screeched like a bird. The sound reverberated off the canyon walls again and again. That afternoon, Spencer and I celebrated our hike (and thawed out our feet) in true Spring Mountains style—with burgers and beers at Mount Charleston Lodge, a rustic restaurant and bar where pine panels adorn the walls of the A-frame dining room, and a ’70s-style, cone-shaped open fireplace sits in the center. After eating our heaping plates of food, Spencer and I ordered more beers and lingered at the bar, chatting up the bartenders, watching football and laughing about my spills on the trail. We were in no particular hurry to leave. It’s a scene that was playing out in every bar in every casino on the Strip. Like everyone else, we’d come to Las Vegas to hit it big. But thanks to our unanticipated taste of nature and adventure and solitude, our definition of hitting the jackpot had evolved.

Getting There: Spring Mountains National Recreation Area is about an hour’s drive northwest of Las Vegas Boulevard. For information, go to www.fs.usda.gov/htnf and look under Quick Links. Exploring There: Spring Mountains has 30 different hiking trails of varying lengths. Start your trip at the Spring Mountains Visitor Gateway (2525 Kyle Canyon Rd.; 702-872-5486). Between December and March, visitors can hit the slopes at Lee


Canyon(leecanyonlv.com), a modest operation with 860 vertical feet of lift-served terrain and a small tubing area. It’s the closest you can get to skiing within 100 miles of Las Vegas. Staying There: Lodging near the park is scant.Mount Charleston Lodge has simple cabins(from about $130 a night;mtcharlestonlodge.com). The Resort on Mount Charleston offers basic rooms just north of the visitor center (from about $130 a night; mtcharlestonresort.com). Red Rock Casino Resort & Spa is about 15 minutes south, in Summerlin (from about $110; redrock.sclv.com).


Tahoe Vintage and Modern December 29, 2015 Lake Tahoe first emerged as a tourist destination in the 1930s as a post-WWI ski spot, and has evolved into a world-class brand. This precious stretch of the Sierra Nevada range straddles Nevada and California, and travelers can experience a rugged backcountry adventure or modern mountainside luxury. Or possibly a bit of both.


For a feel of old Tahoe, Sugar Bowl Resort in Norden, CA has the oldest operating gondola on the west coast and was the first mountain open to travelers in 1939. Unlike the many resorts and services that court San Francisco's tech elite, Sugar Bowl is come-as-you-are. The gondola isn't heated, the cafĂŠ offers little beyond chili and beer, but its reputation as being the friendliest mountain is well deserved. Sugar Bowl claims the most snow in Tahoe and its backcountry is a hard-core adventurer's playground. "Uphill skiing," or skinning, is gaining popularity as travelers look beyond the groomers for authentic, oldschool experiences. "I left my avalanche shovel in the car," Peter Avidschmidt, a fit local skier in a trucker cap, explained to me as I contemplated a thigh-scorching haul up a snow-covered mountain. I decided instead that good ol' downhill skiing would be challenge enough to kick off the season.


A snowball's throw up old Hwy 40 from Sugar Bowl is the Clair Tappaan Lodge. This vintage wooden structure was built in 1934 by a group of outdoor enthusiasts called the Club Sierra, with the support of a wealthy California judge named Clair Tappaan. Over time, the Sierra Club, as it came to be known, skied off in a different direction but the grand historic lodge has survived under new ownership, and volunteer support, to this day. There are 27 rooms with simple bunk beds and four shared baths. Three family-style meals are ladled up each day on a set schedule. But for those itching to get even further off the grid, the Clair Tappaan manages four backcountry huts across its 75 acres, each with a wood burning stove. But for those who prefer Uggs to snowshoes, there's plenty of modern-day Tahoe, where vacationers don't have to look far for $530 massages, artisanal marshmallows or ski valets.


I'm not as rugged as my childhood Girl Scout sash would imply, and I ultimately landed at Northstar California, a highly manicured upscale resort. Previously Northstar-at-Tahoe, Vail Resorts purchased the resort in 2010 and has poured $30 million in upgrades to it since then. Gone are the old lift tickets dangling from your zipper. Here, they've been replaced with a scannable card that links to the EpicMix app that records your daily vertical feet skied or ridden, updates you on lift line wait times and even offers a one-click ski patrol function. Northstar's mini-mall style village has a Starbucks and a Patagonia store along its perkily paved paths. I bristled at all of the overt curation at first, but Northstar's beautifully groomed trails, digital updates and daily complimentary Champagne toast at the top of Mt. Pluto eventually won me over.


Feeling pampered and prepped, I hustled down the trails (12,774 vertical feet on day two, according to EpicMix) and desperately wanted some après ski rejuvenation. It was no small luxury to ski directly to the doors of the seven-year-old Ritz-Carlton and escape into the spa for a massage and a soak. At dinner, I admittedly didn't really miss the bottled IPA, while enjoying a Shafer Napa Valley 2013 Merlot at Manzanita, the Ritz's on-mountain restaurant. Whether you want to huddle up in a hut or flip on a fireplace in a four-star suite, Tahoe can serve up an unforgettable winter adventure for any kind of traveler.












DIY farm-to-table: Pick your own fruit around the USA March 11, 2015

Though winter's grasp still has a stronghold on most of the USA, there are spots where the weather's broken and spring is well on its way. But no matter where you are, the tastes of spring have already arrived in the grocery stores. Here's a look at places around the country where you can go out and pick your own, now and well into the spring and summer. ‌ West Think of Nevada and agriculture may not be the first thought that pops into mind, but that's just what you'll find at Gilcrease Orchard in Las Vegas. Already ready for picking? Beets, asparagus, kale, bok choy and other leafy greens (through May). And when those crops give out, apricots, peaches, pears, figs, plums, pluots and apples will be ripe through August. It's also in August when tomatoes and raspberries will be ready at Lattin Farms in Fallon, about an hour east of Reno. Outside of Mesa, Ariz., it's already time to start harvesting at Schnepf Farms. Grab a basket and one of the farm's bikes and head into the fields where you'll find all types of vegetables, from carrots to beets, broccoli to turnips, and all sorts of lettuces. When April rolls around, it'll be time for squashes, sugar snap and black-eyed peas, green beans and peppers, followed by apricots, peaches, tomatoes and celery in May. Throughout, take home lavender, basil, chives and cilantro! For a real treat, join the farmer on Friday mornings, forage about the fields and enjoy a fresh farm-to-table lunch made from the produce you picked.


The sun and moderate temperatures make farming in Santa Barbara a breeze, and we get to reap the rewards! Blueberries should be ready for U-Pick at Santa Barbara Blueberries at Restoration Oaks Ranch in June and July, but if the weather is especially cooperative, they may open as early as April and go into August. Dates are in the spotlight at Fresh Dates by Anderson in the Coachella Valley desert, about three and a half hours southeast of Santa Barbara. With its fertile farmlands, it's no surprise that the Greater Portland region of Oregon is a U-Pick paradise! Earlyand mid-summer months yield crops of rhubarb and berries, starting with strawberries and moving on to raspberries, blueberries and blackberries, while mid-summer brings cherries, peaches and pears. Lavender is grown here, too, and in bloom June and July. Popular U-Pick farms in the region include Baggenstos Farm Store and Our Table in Sherwood; Duyck's Peachy Pig Farm in Cornelius; Jossy Farms and Smith Berry Barn Farm and Garden Market in Hillsboro (try the milkshakes made with fresh-from-the-farm fruits!); andSouth Barlow Berries in Canby. Closer to the Columbia Gorge, Root Orchards and Evans FruitCompany is ready to welcome UPickers. Just a bit farther north in the heart of Washington's Cascade Mountains, Blueberry Hillsanticipates opening its UPick in early-June when more than 16 varieties of blueberries, raspberries and strawberries will be ready for you. To find U-Pick farms near you to bring the flavors of spring to your table, visithttp://www.pickyourown.org.

‌ http://experience.usatoday.com/weekend/story/my-weekend-experience/2015/03/11/fruit-pick-it-yourself-around-theusa/70167424/


Reno reborn: The biggest little city goes farm-to-fork in style March 3, 2015

There's something distinctly different about Reno these days. Oh, the neon arch still proclaims this the biggest little city in the world, and you'll still find weary gamblers plying the slots. But the city is suddenly alive with new distilleries and craft breweries, grain-to-glass bars, farm-to-fork restaurants and a buzzy arts scene. And the newest downtown lodging is an eco-friendly, nonsmoking, nongambling boutique hotel. Instead of a casino, the Whitney Peak Hotel has a gigantic bouldering gym, and its edifice holds the world's tallest climbing wall -- so intrepid guests can gaze down at the "Biggest Little City" arch next door from 164 feet. We got dizzy just looking up. In fact, that dazed, delighted feeling lasted all weekend as we suddenly realized -- Reno has farms? And a buzzy arts scene? And a glitzy hotel sans slots and smokes? And that's not all? How awesome is it to arrive in a place you thought you knew and discover you were delightfully wrong? We ponder the question as we stroll the galleries of the Nevada Museum of Art, just a few blocks from the Truckee River, which bisects the city. Built in 2003, the museum's striking four-story building is a huge black mass with cantilevered edges and curves wrapped in crimped, charcoal-hued zinc, its lines echoing Nevada's Black Rock formation. Inside, the exhibits are eclectic, fascinating and thought-provoking. We gaze at paintings and works from the museum's


permanent collections and check out a watershed sculpture exhibit, an amazingly bizarre taxidermied art exhibit and rooms filled with watercolors and sketches of coral reef destruction in the South Pacific. There's more art outside in Reno's Riverwalk District or, as city leaders have dubbed it, "the new downtown." Parks and benches woo passers-by, ducks quack happily and murals and sculptures gleam in the winter sunlight. There's a wine walk on the third Saturday of each month -involving 28 restaurants, wine bars and boutiques. A Whitewater Park for kayakers, a fly-fishing zone, art festivals, blues festivals and restaurants everywhere. Actually, they could have just named the new downtown Mark Estee Row. Reno's celebrity chef has opened three new restaurants here in the last year alone: the rustic-chic Heritage at the Whitney Peak Hotel; arty-chic Chez Louie in the museum and cafeteria-chic Reno Provisions, his just-opened cafe, gourmet food shop, event space and commercial kitchen and bakery for all of the above. Campo, Estee's 4-year-old Italian restaurant, is a block away. The city's casino focus is being slowly replaced by other, considerably more delicious things, Estee says: "We're part restaurant culture, part startup culture, part art culture. There's food, outdoor activities, music, art, breweries, distilleries -- everything!" We're sitting in Reno Provisions on a recent Monday morning. It's the end of a holiday weekend, and the city is only just beginning to stir. There may be a distinct lack of buzzy energy outdoors, but inside, the air fairly crackles with it. A boisterous chorus of hellos and high-fives greets Estee as the chef bounds down the stairs to the big Provisions basement kitchen. Bread, focaccia and housemade crackers cool on racks. Aromatic sauces burble in pots. Sides of beef await butchering in a very chilly, brightly lit locker. And everything came from farms and ranches nearby. "The local food movement here is huge," Estee says, "and the Co-op is the most amazing thing." He's talking about the Great Basin Community Food Co-op, whose 2-year-old startup, DROPP (Distributors of Regional Organic Produce and Products), has given scores of small farms and ranches a way to connect with local chefs. The farmers and ranchers post their offerings online, the chefs shop on the site and the co-op and some of the larger restaurants facilitate delivery. "It's a tight-knit, close community," Estee says. "The Peppermill Hotel brings things back to the little restaurants. We're bringing the outside in." It's the fulfillment, he says, of a dream for everyone, including the governor of Nevada, who first voiced his vision of a Reno "food hub" two years ago and the University of Nevada's High Desert Farm Initiative. And the bottom line, of course, is on the plate -- at Reno Provisions, it's atop gleaming metal cafeteria trays, their indentations filled with wedges of organic vegetable-filled frittata, house-made sausages and a brilliant pink "super salad" of beets and quinoa. At Heritage, it's local heritage pork, grass-fed beef and craft beer from a brewery five miles away. It's all delicious. And there's nary a slot in sight. "We don't need to keep reinventing ourselves," Estee says. "We just need to tell the story." Hidden Gemsaround Reno


Chef Mark Estee may be juggling multiple restaurants, but he's had plenty of time to discover other Reno hot spots, too, including his favorite dive, a pho spot that's open until 3 a.m. Here are five of his favorite places:The Nevada Museum of Art, the state's only accredited museum houses an ever-changing array of exhibits, as well as a permanent collection; 160 W. Liberty St.; www.nevadaart.org SĂźp, a sandwich and soup spot in Midtown, 669 W. Virginia St.;www.stockpotinc.com Two Chicks, breakfast and comfort food in Midtown, 752 W. Virginia St.;twochicksreno.com South Creek Pizza Co., wood-fired pizza, 45 Foothill Road;www.southcreekpizza.com Golden Flower, a Vietnamese restaurant that's open into the wee hours; 205 W. Fifth St.; www.goldenflowerreno.com


10Best Things to Do at Kings Beach on Tahoe's North Shore February 20, 2015

Kings Beach is a good central location to access the area's restaurants, coffee shops, hotels and beaches. The community of Kings Beach is named after the beach and park at the tip of the North Shore. This popular beach is great for children and has its own parking lot and playground. The main road has just received a traffic calming and art makeover and the sidewalks are very walkable. Right from the beach you can book your parasailing or kayaking tours here with North Shore Parasail, Lake Tahoe Watersports/Parasail Tahoe and Tahoe Paddle and Oar. If you want something more relaxed, head to the Old Brockway Golf Course for a few rounds of golf in paradise or go for a sail on the Wild Goose II classic wooden boat. If you want another boat tour, the Tahoe Gal leaves from nearby Tahoe City which is just a quick drive from Kings Beach. The northern communities of Incline Village and Truckee are also a short drive from the town. If you are in town for a few days and want a family-friendly tour, check out the Lake Tahoe Adventure Company. You can take a SUP, kayak, hiking, cross country ski or snowshoe tour any time of the year. For a wintertime adrenaline rush, head to Tahoe Snowmobile Tours for some birds-eye views of the lake from on top of a mountain.


10 Adrift Tahoe This friendly and laid back rental store in Kings Beach rents and offers lessons on tandup paddleboarding, kayaking, and surfing on Lake Tahoe's beautiful North Shore. They have Standup Paddleboards for rent and sale, along with all the accessories and clothing you need to for a fun day at the beach. In wintertime, rent your skis or snowboard equipment from this shop that is dedicated to making your winter vacation easy and fun. Call ahead the evening before and your gear will be ready for you the next morning. Hourly rates for paddleboards are about $20 per hour and the first hour of lessons is free with a rental. Snowboard and ski rentals are also $20 a day and your fourth day is free. ((888) 676-7702)

9 Lake Tahoe Snowmobiling Tours Lake Tahoe Snowmobile Tours provides winter tours in the North Lake Tahoe area and can accommodate all abilities and ages. They tour over 100 miles of trails in the local National Forest and feature the largest fleet of newer snowmobiles on the North Shore. They also rent warm clothing in case you forgot your hat and gloves. They offer several tours including the Group Summit Adventure which is 2 hours and costs $140 for one rider and $170 for two riders. This tour leaves 2 times daily. Their Private Summit and Ultimate Adventures are between $200 and $320 and the Ultimate Half-Day includes lunch at the Northstar resort. ((530) 546-4280)


8 Full Throttle Tahoe Full Throttle Tahoe in Kings Beach on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe offers both winter and summer gear rentals and lessons for snowmobiling, wakesurfing, parasailing, wakeboarding and waterskiing. They also offer private boat charters and self-guided snowmobile tours of the Tahoe back country. The shop also offers an off-road Polaris RZR OHV rental to go explore the Lake Tahoe mountains. Each of Full Throttle Tahoe's guides and instructors are fully trained and very intimate with the Tahoe back country, the deep snow and the waters of the lake and will show you the best techniques and places to go. (530.546.3111, 530.546.8774)

7 Old Brockway Golf Course The Old Brockway Golf Course in Kings Beach is one of the most beautiful and affordable places to play golf in Lake Tahoe. The course meanders through Jeffery pines on the way down to the shoreline and has some great mountain views. The course has over 3400 yards of golfing area including two par 5 holes. The course was built by Harry Comstock and designed by


renowned Scottish architect, John Duncan Dunn and is the first 9-hole golf course in the country to become an Audubon cooperative sanctuary. The course is family-run and applies organic management practices. Nine holes of golf will run you about $40 and 18 holes costs about $70. (530-546-9909)

6 North Shore Parasail One of the most fantastic views of Lake Tahoe is from the seat of a parasail. North Shore Parasail is the original parasailing company on the lake, so you'll certainly be working with experts. Their tours will take you hundreds of feet above the lake and you can get views of the blue water below as well as the shoreline and the beautiful homes along the mountain ridges. You can choose from several different parasail heights as well as pickup and drop-off service from your hotel. There is also free parking at Tahoe Paddle & Oar. The cost is $50 per person for a 600'flight, $60 per person 900', flight $70 per person 1400'flight. (1-530-546-7698)


5 North Tahoe Watersports/Parasail Tahoe North Tahoe Watersports/Parasail Tahoe has two locations on the North Shore, but most of their water sport rentals take place at the Kings Beach location. North Shore Watersports Offers parasailing, private lake tours, personal watercraft rentals and a complete line of non-motorized rentals like kayaks and paddle boats. Personal watercraft can be rented for $70 for half and hour and $100 for one hour. The prices include fuel. Paddleboards rent for $25 an hour and Aqua Cycle Trikes and Peddle Boats are also $25 an hour. You can also rent single kayaks for $20 an hour and even a Hobie Cat sailboat for $50 an hour. (530-583-7245)

4 Wild Goose II Boat Charters The Wild Goose II is a 36-foot Grand Craft commuter built in the style and quality of the original wooden boat era. The company offers several cruises and private charter options around Lake Tahoe. The Wild Goose II is U.S. Coast Guard certified, and can comfortably accommodate up to 12 passengers. The Goose offers seating both inside and out, she even has a heated cabin for those chilly Tahoe evenings. Several tours are offered including an hourly charter during the week, lunch cruises, cocktail and sunset cruises and picnic cruises. They even offer a West Shore Cafe Dinner Cruise for $145 and a Mimosa and Pastry Cruise in the mornings for $80. The hourly charters include snacks and beverages, the cocktail cruises and sunset cruises are $65 for adults and $55 for children and the Sunnyside Lunch Cruise is $95 for adults and $85 for children. (530.412.4064)


3 Lake Tahoe Adventure Company The Lake Tahoe Adventure Company is one of the popular and well-run tour companies in Lake Tahoe. The company leads high quality adventure travel trips and tours with a focus on the natural beauty of the mountains, lakes, trails and rivers of the Tahoe area. With the TAC you can take several kayak tours including a lakeside lunch tour, a North Shore tour or Sand Harbor tour. Their Sunset Friday kayak tours and Thunderbird Lodge kayak tours are truly unique. Each tour includes a kayak, paddle, professional guide, instruction, natural and historical discussions, permits, fees, snacks and beverages. Additional tours include mountain bike tours on the Flume Trail and other single tracks around the area, hiking and peak tours, rock climbing, backpacking and historical tours. You can even create your own custom adventure that includes full moon or star tours, family adventures or corporate trips. TAC also specialized in SUP (stand-up paddle boarding) and rents the boards for $80 a day. They also offer SUP yoga on the lake for $40 per person. ((866) 830-6125, (530) 913-9212)


2 Kings Beach State Recreation Area Although it's open year-round, this park really comes into its own when the weather turns warm. At that point, its 700 feet of lakeshore are inundated by sun worshippers, who lounge on the beach, splash in the water, tool around the lake, and engage in sports on the shore. Kids can take advantage of playground equipment, and families and groups relish the opportunity to spend time together laughing, eating, and basking in the beauty of the lake. Kings Beach is a great spot to go on a parasail ride or rent a kayak or paddleboard. Several companies have huts on the beach where you can book a day trip. There are a ton of restaurants and bars near the beach as well as a small theater and many hotels and lodges to choose from. (530-546-4212, 530-546-3265)

1 Tahoe Paddle & Oar Tahoe Paddle & Oar is located in Kings Beach on the North Shore of Lake Tahoe. They offer top-end canoe, kayak and paddleboard rentals, instruction, guided kayak tours and a full service paddlesport retail store. They also specialize in team building activities for small groups and large corporate events. Tahoe Paddle & Oar offers guided kayak tours May through October, weather permitting. No experience is necessary and beginner and advanced participants are welcome. The most popular trip is into Crystal Bay, which features natural hot springs and gigantic boulder mazes along the California and Nevada borders. This four mile round trip usually takes two and a half hours. TAHOE PADDLE & OAR offers a fun and practical on-water approach to learning and improving your paddling technique. Kayak lessons are available to individuals or group instruction is available. PRE-REGISTRATION is required for all classes. A maximum of six participants per session. All equipment is provided. Personal boats may be used. All boats need to be clean before entering the swimming pool. Swimming ability is necessary for all river paddling instruction. (530) 581-3029)



[weddings ]

HOT

HONEYMOON HOTELS- USA EDITION

Couples know that finding the perfect his and hers hotel can be a challenge at the best of times, and when it comes to your honeymoon you don’t want to take any chances seeking out that special somewhere.

Each of these iconic American destinations has been hand-picked to give budding brides and geared-up grooms the ultimate honeymoon hotel inspiration, Stateside-style.

RUN OFF TO RENO, NEVADA THE HOT HONEYMOON HOTEL: THE PEPPERMILL RESORT, SPA & CASINO

When it comes to the perfect location for a hen do, stag party, wedding and honeymoon all rolled into one, Reno, Nevada tops our ‘love-it’ list. The same hassle-free marriage laws that have made Las Vegas synonymous with love, weddings and all round good times apply throughout the State of Nevada, meaning the Big Little City of Reno is similarly synonymous with luxurious wedding venues and romantic resorts, but on a more intimate scale. The Peppermill Resort has the decadent atmosphere of a classic casino, and Reno itself is packed with glittering gaming options but away from the bright lights there’s plenty of alternative ideas for honeymooners seeking cool culture in the city - from the world’s tallest rock climbing wall to the exceptional exhibitions at the Nevada Museum of Art. The bonus here is that the mountains of the Sierra Nevada and the shores of Lake Tahoe are under an hour away, so whether it’s a winter wedding with a romantic

twist on après ski or a summer honeymoon on the boats and beaches of a legendary lake you’re after, the area makes a great twin centre destination. When it comes to love, money should be no object, but if yourself and your partner are longing for a lavish ceremony but would prefer without wanting your wedding march not to be marred by bureaucracy and a big bill, the value offered in Reno, given a helping hand by the favourable exchange rate for us Brits, is almost worth falling in love for. Under £40 buys you a marriage license round the clock here and but if you’d rather spend your savings on your beloved and your life together rather than see it all go on the wedding day itself, The Peppermill’s packages start at under £350 for up to 60 guests. Even the full service ‘Unforgettable Ceremony Package’ which includes everything you could wish for on your big day from bouquets, spa treatments, dining and videography to 3 nights’ accommodation in Spa Suites for the bridge and groom comes in at under £2000, so wedding-wise this big city really does present you with a little bill. www.VisitRenoTaho.com | www.PeppermillReno.com 95


[weddings ]

DISCOVER THE STREETS OF SAN FRANCISCO & VISIT VINTAGE WINE COUNTRY

KICK OFF A LIFELONG ADVENTURE IN THE GREAT OUTDOORS

SAVOUR SAUSALITO, CALIFORNIA – THE HOT HONEYMOON HOTEL: THE INN ABOVE TIDE

ROCK YOUR HONEYMOON MORE IN MOAB, UTAH – HOT HONEYMOON HOTEL: RED CLIFFS LODGE

It’s almost impossible to imagine a more mesmerising and memorable view to wake up to on your first days of wedded bliss than the panoramic vista from the Skyline Suite of Sausalito’s quietly sophisticated Inn Above Tide.

Who says honeymoons have to be all about lazing on beaches? When you’ve embarked on the ultimate adventure of marriage you’ll want to start sharing unforgettable experiences together right away – and what could be more thrilling than a honeymoon packed with outdoor pursuits surrounded by Moab’s legendary rock landscapes.

The beauty of the Bay Area is silently strung out in front of you, from downtown San Francisco’s skyscrapers via the Bay Bridge and the legendary island of Alcatraz to Berkeley and Oakland, the endless view bookended by Belvedere at one edge and the Golden Gate, hidden by the hills, at the other. This is the way to explore San Francisco as a newlywed; from your serene base in upmarket Sausalito village cycle across the bridge on the hotel’s complimentary bicycles, before venturing into nearby Sonoma wine country for tastings in the hills. Return at sunset to watch over the water from your terrace before retiring inside for a toast in front of a roaring fireplace. www.sausalito.org | www.innabovetide.com

96

At Red Cliffs Lodge you’ll wake up to epic views of the Colorado River, surrounded by 2000 foot sheer red rock cliffs - stunning scenery which has the power to pull even the most loved up of newlyweds out of bed. Spend your days exploring the ultimate natural adventure playground - the geological marvels of the area are begging for you to climb on bikes, head off on a hike or on horseback and tackle the hard core challenges of activities like rafting, rappelling and zip lining that will literally have you falling into your partner’s arms, before returning to the hotel for complimentary on-site wine tasting. www.discovermoab.com | www.redcliffslodge.com www.moabutah.info (Dedicated wedding planning site)


[weddings ]

LOSE YOURSELVES IN THE WORLD’S MOST FAMOUS LANDSCAPES, WHILE GETTING LOST IN EACH OTHER

HOW BETTER TO HONEYMOON THAN IN THE CITY THAT NEVER SLEEPS?

EXPERIENCE EPIC LOVE AT ARIZONA’S GRAND CANYON – THE HOT HONEYMOON HOTEL: THE AMARA RESORT AND SPA

TAKE A BITE OUT OF THE BIG APPLE AFTER YOUR BIG DAY – THE HOT HONEYMOON HOTEL: MYSUITES NEW YORK APARTMENTS

For those who’d love to combine a classic honeymoon experience complete with infinity pool, high class hotel and spa and luxurious romantic solitude with a visit to the USA’s ultimate bucket list destination, a stay in Sedona ticks all the boxes.

It’s never too late for a trip to Tiffany’s and any bride would jump at the chance of a honeymoon in iconic New York.

A two-hour drive from the South Rim of the Grand Canyon, just one of six state parks which surround Sedona, the area is one of outstanding natural beauty famed for red rock landscapes and Native American sites, voted the most beautiful place in America. Set in the heart of upmarket Sedona village, perfect for an evening stroll hand-in-hand, The Amara Resort and Spa has a wedding wow factor from the moment you step into the vaulted lobby; this stylish and refined honeymoon hotel offers huge comfy and luxe suites with devastatingly romantic views of the Sedona scenery. Start your married mornings on the right foot with the hotel’s complimentary yoga classes then reward yourselves with Huevos Rancheros before heading off on a completely unforgettable couples adventure to one of the seven natural wonders of the world – and talk about it all over tipples and nibbles back at base, which are on the house each evening in the Amara’s Southwest-styled bar. www.VisitSedona.com | www.amararesort.com

Take your pick from one of MySuites honeymoon havens - a range of contemporary apartments nestled in iconic pre-war buildings in trendy Manhattan neighbourhoods from Greenwich and the West Village to Chelsea and Nolita. The spot-on urban locations are perfect to combine your honeymoon with a quintessential NYC experience – from the city’s world-class shopping, dining and entertainment to all the local hotspots, as recommended by the concierge. All the services of a boutique hotel including optional ensuite chef, room service and grocery delivery are available but with the privacy that comes with your own apartment – and a full kitchen if you’d rather stay in together and cook an intimate dinner for two. Local artists and designers have created unique and original interiors, crafting a truly authentic NYC environment from vintage and high end pieces, resulting in a romantic and original honeymoon in the heart of one of the world’s most famous cities. www.iloveny.com | www.mysuites.net 97


When the Donner Party attempted to cross the Sierra Nevadas in 1846, brutal winter conditions halted their progress and forced them to bunker down. The rest of the story is well known: 39 of them died, and when they did, those who remained turned to cannibalism to survive. Today, the site of this historic tragedy is known as Donner Lake. It’s located an hour northwest of Lake Tahoe. The canyon is respected by locals for its fierce winter weather, and it didn’t take long for me to learn to take it seriously.


As I drove around Donner Lake and continued up the canyon through Donner Pass, I pulled off at one of the many lookouts that offer a view of the lake. There, on a bright, sunny, mild day in the mid-40s, I could not stand outside without sunglasses on for fear that my eyes would be blown out. To understand how I felt, turn on the hair dyer, hold down the “cool” button, and point it directly into your eyes.

Wiping the water from my cheeks, I got back in the car. Standing there overlooking the lake, one thing became clear: If mulling the misfortune of the Donner Party doesn’t make your eyes water, the wind certainly will.

Continuing over the pass, I arrived at Sugar Bowl Ski Resort. When it comes to the Tahoe ski scene, Sugar Bowl gets lost in the shadow of Heavenly, Northstar, Kirkwood and Squaw Valley because of its outlying location and old-school approach. There’s no fancy-dance village, and it doesn’t operate on any of the major passes. A ski instructor from Austria named Hans Schroll started Sugar Bowl back in 1938. That name probably means nothing to you, but you might recognize one of his students, Walt Disney, who became an initial investor in the resort. Schroll named the first lift after him, and today it still operates as the “Disney Express.” One of its four main peaks, Mt. Disney, is also named after Walt.

Known for its advanced terrain, Sugar Bowl says it was the first California ski area to install a chairlift. That’s well and good, but I don’t typically get caught up in those types of claims. It’s hard to prove, for one. And there’s real-life history that, for me, has more heart.

For example, the Donner Party connection. You can see Donner Lake from certain runs at Sugar Bowl, but it’s much more immersive than that. One of the most unique aspects is that Sugar Bowl’s one and only lodge is completely snowbound — you cannot drive anywhere close to it. Instead, you park in a garage off the highway and then catch a rickety gondola to the lodge and mountain base. While many ski areas throughout North America have gondolas that connect the parking lot and the lodge, the difference here is that you cannot ski back to your car. You must take the painfully slow yet ultimately charming gondola between the lodge and the main parking lot, no exceptions. [Ed. Note: A new parking lot has


been added on the other side of the mountain that offers ski-in ski-out service, but you still must take a lift and ski across the mountain face to get to the main lodge, which is, as noted, completely snowbound.]

I was fascinated by this from the very beginning, especially given how much I had been thinking about the Donner Party. I presented a scenario to the Sugar Bowl staff in which a storm might roll in and cut the power to the gondola, trapping us all in the lodge and forcing us to either bunker down or brave the storm and try to hike out. I thought this was pretty clever, a daydream to help us all remember that we are spitting distance from one of the most infamous tales of pioneer tragedy, and that these mountains — especially this pass — have more to offer than fresh powder.

But no one seemed to think much of it. Most people barely hesitated. They were very practical about it. They said they would just jump on the snowmobile.

If only that had been an option for the Donner Party.


THE POOR MAN'S GUIDE TO FOOD, BOOZE, SKIING, AND MORE IN NORTH LAKE TAHOE January 23, 2015

While there's probably no better winter Bay Area getaway than a trip to Tahoe, between lift tickets, drinks, lodging, renting gear, food, and other-drinks, a quick ski trip can get pretty pricey pretty quickly. (No, really: lift tickets at Squaw and Alpine are $119.) Still, that doesn't mean you should spend the entire weekend nursing your Irish coffee by the fire while all of your friends are out having a blast. 'Cause seriously: it is possible to do Tahoe on a budget, which we set out to prove with this, our poor man's guide to North Lake. And no, South Lake isn't on here. If you're looking for cheap fun there, hit up the casinos. They'll give you free drinks while you lose your money. Wait. That's not how being on a budget works at all. Yeah. Maybe just stick to North Lake.


Willard's Sport Shop Tahoe City The Deal: You get your fifth day of rentals FREE. The Lowdown: Willard’s is a family-owned-and-operated shop, so you can feel good about giving them your money. Plus, Day 5 is free. Can’t really beat that.


Tahoe Dave's Skis & Boards Truckee, Kings Beach, Squaw Valley, and Tahoe City The Deal: Book your rentals online and save up to 20%. Enter promo code TDMAP20. The Lowdown: You can rent your gear at the mountain, but probably don’t do that. Dave’sprices are legit and there's a sweet demo selection. Plus, if you’re a kid, a student, in the military, super old, or just want to sing the Michigan fight song in its entirety, you’ll get extra discounts. You can also pick up and drop off at any of the four locations.

Alpine Meadows & Squaw Valley The Deal: Beginner Progression Upgrade The Lowdown: If you’re a legit beginner, renting at the mountain actually makes sense because you can get everything you need to get started -- a lift ticket, equipment rentals, and two days of lessons -- for $200. Considering a lift ticket alone costs $119, it's actually a great deal. They have the same deal for intermediates except it’s a oneday lesson and it costs $149.

Alice's Mountain Market Squaw Valley The Deal: Alice's is Squaw's village grocery, so beer is way cheaper there than anywhere else at Squaw. The Lowdown: Grab a beer (or 70) from the back fridge and then take it outside where you can enjoy it by one of the fire pits or on the chairlift.

Bar of America Truckee The Deal: Happy hour from 4-6pm Monday-Friday. Fish Taco Fridays from 6-9pm include $4 fish tacos (they’re huge, with a double tortilla so you can split one into two). Draft beer, house wine, and margaritas are all on special. Appetizers and pizzas are 50% off. And every time you order something, you get a raffle ticket for the hourly raffle. Prizes include snowboards, shot skis, lift tickets, snow gear, SHOT SKIS, and more. The Lowdown: This bar and restaurant in the heart of historic Downtown Truckee was just renovated, but the good food, great drinks, and live music are still all there.

The Bridgetender Tavern and Grill Tahoe City The Deal: Fat Tuesday is every Tuesday from 5-10pm. Enjoy raw or BBQ oysters from Tomales Bay, homemade jambalaya with shrimp, chicken, and andouille sausage, $3 pints of Abita


Amber, and Southern jazz. The Lowdown: Walk into the BT on any weekday and you’ll find the bar packed with locals. Go on the weekend and you’ll find it packed with locals and tourists. Both for good reason: it’s a mellow spot to grab a bite, the staff is friendly and on top of its game, and the food is affordable in a town where "affordable" isn’t really a thing. It's also a great spot to watch the game.

The Blue Agave Tahoe City The Deal: Happy hour Sunday-Thursday from 4-7pm with bottomless chips and salsa. The Lowdown: The Blue Agave serves traditional Mexican food and has a pretty great drink menu, assuming you like margaritas and twists on margaritas. If you come when it’s warm out, you can sit outside in the sun with your dog and enjoy lake views right across the street. Or leave the pup at home and watch the game inside on the big screen.

Cornice Cantina Squaw Valley The Deal: Make your first drink a "shifter." It’s a PBR for a buck. The Lowdown: Tucked away in a corner of the Squaw parking lot, you’ll find Cornice Cantina. This restaurant/bar is all about affordable Mexican food during the day and a lively bar scene at night. The chicken wings are not to be missed, even though chicken wings aren’t Mexican.

The Crest Café Base of Alpine Meadows The Deal: Happy hour every day from 3pm until close includes $2.25 PBR drafts and $3.75 premium drafts. On Thursdays you can get a $5 PBR and sushi hand roll from 3-5pm. The Lowdown: Though it’s hard to beat Treats at Alpine Meadows, Crest Café is also a great breakfast spot to hit on your way to the mountain. You can even call ahead and your food will be ready for you to pick up.

Fat Cat Bar & Grill Tahoe City The Deal: Happy hour every day from 4-6pm and all day on Sunday. Includes: half-priced appetizers, and $1 off well cocktails, draft beers, and house wine. In addition, they have $1 PBRs after 9pm. The Lowdown: Fat Cat has a laid-back vibe, good food, and friendly bartenders who know how to make a strong, tasty drink. You’ll find a mix of locals and tourists at this cozy spot that often has live music.


FiftyFifty Brewing Company Truckee The Deal: Happy hour from 3-5pm, Monday-Friday includes food specials and 33% off of all drinks. Plus, there’s a $3 “Beer of the Moment” on special daily. The Lowdown: FiftyFifty is a craft brewery and restaurant most famous for its award-winning Eclipse barrel-aged stout. The portions are huge, so order wisely.

expand slideshow to fullscreen

HACIENDA DEL LAGO

Hacienda del Lago Tahoe City The Deal: Happy hour from 4-6pm every day includes pitchers of margaritas for $12, $2 Miller drafts, and $3 Dos Equis; $3 well drinks and a DJ on Thursdays from 9pm-12:30am if you’re paying with cash; live music and drink specials on Fridays; two tacos for $5 on Wednesdays; $7 shot and a beer every single day. Bam. The Lowdown: Super affordable, good Mexican food with amazing views of the lake. Great for big groups or just hanging out at the bar, drinking margaritas made by awesome bartenders, and watching the game/view.


Le Chamois Squaw Valley The Deal: $14 pitchers of Bud and Bud Light The Lowdown: The Chammy is the spot to go when you’re finished skiing and the sun is still up. Bring your dog. Grab a beer. And if you plan on being there often, look into the Pint & Pitcher Passes.

Mamasake Sushi + Tapas Squaw Valley The Deal: Get a hand roll (spicy tuna or spicy salmon) or one of the famous Mama’s Balls, plus a Bud or Bud Light for $6 every day from 3-5pm and all day on Tuesdays. The Lowdown: One might think it’s weird to get sushi in Tahoe, but one would be wrong. Especially if the sushi is from Mamasake, a super-popular restaurant in the Village with views of the mountain.

MOE'S ORIGINAL BBQ - TAHOE CITY

Moe's Original BBQ Tahoe City The Deal: $2 Tall Boy Tuesdays with live music, plus daily specials. The Lowdown: The BBQ may be from Alabama, but the stunning lake view is all Tahoe. Moe's smokes its fresh meat daily, so when it's gone, it's gone. There are also 8-10 Southern-style


side dishes every day. Order a platter of pulled pork with cornbread, two sides, and a drink for just $12.

Plumpjack Cafe and Bar Squaw Valley The Deal: Social hour from 2-4pm, Monday-Friday includes $2 PBR, $2 Tecate, $5 adult hot chocolate, $5 skinny margarita, $5 wine specials, and a bunch of apps from $3-6. The Lowdown: Plumpjack is definitely the fanciest restaurant at Squaw (see: “social hour,” not “happy hour"), but the scene in the bar is always comfy and chill and you can’t really beat $2 PBRs. Plus, they have a fire pit. So... yeah.

The River Grill Tahoe City The Deal: Happy hour in the bar from 5-6:30pm every day and all night long on Sundays and Mondays. Specials include $3 draft beers, $4 glasses of wine, $4.50 house margaritas, $4 vodka lemonades, and a ton of appetizers for 50% off. The Lowdown: The River Grill feels super fancy with its white tablecloths and views of the Truckee River, so it’s sort of surprising that they have such a great happy hour, but the happy hour is so great that it’s one of Tahoe’s most popular. In other words: get there right at 5pm if you want a seat at the bar.


Rocker@Squaw Squaw Valley The Deal: Happy hour from 4-5:30pm, Monday-Friday. Nachos, wings, and a duo of sliders are $6 each and select draft beers are $4. The Lowdown: Rocker’s name is a tribute to Shane McConkey and the technology for skis that he helped pioneer. It’s also home to The Big Gnarly Burger, a 4lb burger that feeds up to eight people and will cost ya $54.

Squeeze In Truckee The Deal: Download the app for a specials page that gets you free upgrades like getting your spudz "Otis Style" with melted cheese and onions. The Lowdown: If you’re staying in Truckee, you’ve got to get breakfast at Squeeze In. The menu is extensive, to say the least, and you can get two mimosas for $9.99 (or a pitcher for $21.99).

Sunnyside Restaurant & Lodge West Shore The Deal: Burger and a beer (draft) for $10 on Tuesdays. Half-price fish tacos (two for $6.50), $4 Pacificos, and $5 margaritas on Wednesdays from 4-9pm. The Lowdown: The Sunnyside Cheeseburger (usually $14) is one of the best in Tahoe, and the fish tacos are the real deal (get one beer battered and one Cajun). Plus, Sunnyside is right on


the lake, so if you get there before the sun goes down, you’ll be treated to a view that makes everything taste even better.

22 BISTRO

22 Bistro Squaw Valley The Deal: Happy hour Monday-Thursday from 3-5pm. Live music, $4 draft beers, $5 well drinks, $6 house wine. Plus, rotating food specials.


The Lowdown: Grab a seat on the patio where you’ll still be able to hear the live music, but also chat with your buddies.

West Shore Café West Shore The Deal: Half-price dinner entrees on Mondays (through April 6, 2015); complimentary s’mores every day from 4-4:30pm; après ski special every day from 3-5pm that includes $5 draft beer, $5 house wine, and $3 off specialty cocktails; $20 endless mimosas on Sundays during brunch. The Lowdown: Walking into the West Shore Café is a bit like walking into a Restoration Hardware catalogue, but in a good way and with kick-ass views and seriously good food. It's the perfect spot to relax after a day at Homewood (or any mountain for that matter). You really can’t beat free s’mores, ya know?

Alpine Meadows & Squaw Valley The Deal: 1) Tahoe Super 4: Ski for $83 a day 2) $39 Beginner Only Lift Ticket The Lowdown: Though KSL buying Alpine Meadows wasn't a unanimously popular decision, it does mean that your lift ticket now gets you access to Squaw and Alpine. And there’s a shuttle that will take you back and forth. Of course, that lift ticket will cost you $119 if you’re an adult, so if you’re going to ski or ride for four days, the Tahoe Super is a good call. If you’re a beginner, the $39 is a great deal, as long as you have zero plans to leave the beginner area at Squaw or the Subway/Meadow chairlifts at Alpine.


Homewood Mountain Ski Resort The Deal: 1) Triple Play Pass: Three full days of skiing or riding, starting at $186. 2) Adult First Timer: Get all-day equipment rental, a beginner lift ticket, and a half-day lesson for just $49 Sunday-Friday (and not on holidays). Purchase it online at least two days in advance to lock in the price. 3) Active military ski and ride free on any day that’s not a holiday. And their spouses and children get 50% off of lift tickets. The Lowdown: Homewood is by far one of the most beautiful mountains (you feel like you’re going to ski right into the lake) and also has some of the best deals on lift tickets, especially if you buy online.

Boreal Mountain Resort The Deal: 1) $15 Fridays for college students and active military. 2) Three-pack of lift tickets for $109. The Lowdown: For just $64, adults can ski and ride from 9am to 9pm. If your legs can handle it, that is.

Aviva Inn Tahoe City The Deal: Get 15% off of a two-night stay through March 13th. Or take your chances and use Hotel Tonight for an even better deal. The Lowdown: Pet-friendly, really good (free) waffles in the morning, clean rooms, and it’s right


across from the lake.

The Inn at Truckee Truckee The Deal: Rooms range from $90 to $195 a night The Lowdown: It’s still pricey, but it’s a good deal for Tahoe, where rooms can run a few hundred bucks a night. Plus, you can bring your dog and there’s a free continental breakfast. Sign up here for our daily San Francisco email and be the first to get all the food/drink/fun SF has to offer. Daisy Barringer is Thrillist's SF Editor and if you want to know her absolute favorite place for cheap drinks in Tahoe, you're going to have to hit her up on Twitter @daisy and offer to buy her one. Don't worry; she drinks PBR, so it won't cost you that much.


A Pro Skier's Guide to Undiscovered Lake Tahoe January 6, 2015

Lake Tahoe-based professional skiier Daron Rahlves gives his picks for the best places to ski, eat, and play in and around his adopted home. World Champion skier Daron Rahlves may have hung up his World Cup boots in 2006, but he remains a big mountain freestyle pro—you can regularly spot him shredding slopes across the globe in ski videos. Rahlves calls the small town of Truckee, California (just north of Lake Tahoe), and he also showcases the lakeside winter sports mecca with his annual Banzai Tour, a series of three open-entry, no-holds-barred, top-to-bottom races held at local Tahoe resorts. Here, he shares his favorite things to do in the famed city, but also in Truckee, a ski destination in its own right.


Why Lake Tahoe? The proximity to an airport is huge—Reno, NV is just a 40 minute drive, while San Francisco is three hours away. But that’s just the convenience factor; the real reason I live there is the lifestyle. The vibes are laid-back, the scenery is stunning, the mountains are gorgeous, and the water is beautiful. Aside from the winter, I love the shoulder seasons, especially spring. Early spring has great skiing, it’s usually a lot less crowded than during the heart of winter and we usually get a big late-season storm.

Where are your favorite places to ski? Sugar Bowl up on Donner Summit. I grew up skiing at Alpine Meadows and Squaw Valley and they’re great resorts with excellent amenities. For a skiing experience where you don’t feel like you’re totally overrun on the mountain and there aren’t long lift lines, I go to Sugar Bowl (2015 marks its 75th anniversary). It’s a place where I can get challenged as a professional skier with the really advanced terrain they have, but it’s also perfect for kids because it’s not too busy. Just like you wouldn’t want to introduce a new driver to driving in New York City, this is the same thing; it’s like teaching them on calm, crowd-free country roads—you get them comfortable early, without overwhelming them when they’re too young.

Where's the best place to get a bite on the mountain? Or for a more formal lunch? If I don’t pack a lunch I usually stop by the Mt. Judah Lodge’s Sierra Vista Bar & Grill. They have a killer turkey pesto panini. You can plan ahead and grab a sandwich to go at Full Belly Deli in Truckee—I love the Dirka Dirka made with pastrami, corned beef, and jalapeño coleslaw, it’s got a great kick to it. If you can eat a full sandwich there and still be hungry afterwards then there’s something wrong with you. I usually get the half sandwich and soup combo. Plus, if you need to fuel up in the morning, they have an awesome breakfast burrito.

What about for après-ski drinks? The best après spot on the mountain is The Belt Room Bar. It’s a small and cool bar with great energy and there are all these old black and white photos of skiing on the walls—it kind of takes you back in time. It’s a great place to talk to knowledgeable people about the mountain and grab a Bloody Mary—the make insane bloodies, the best I’ve every had.

What's your favorite dinner spot in your hometown? There are three spots in Truckee I like. Pianeta is a great Italian place with these cute little booths downstairs by the bar—you feel like you have a little bit of seclusion down there. I love


their spicy sausage pasta. And then there is the Cottonwood, which is always voted the best local place. It’s up on a hill and has a great view of downtown Truckee and the river; they have a killer Caesar salad and an excellent French margarita (aka ‘The Frenchy’). Another terrific restaurant is Moody’s. Aside from the jazz bands that come in and play they have a menu that uses organic ingredients sourced from local farmers. They also have delicious vodka drinks made with local Tahoe Blue Vodka.

Where do you go for a night out? South Lake (on the Nevada side of the lake) is more of an entertainment area with gambling, comedy shows, nightlife, and live music. There are always things going on at Harveys andMontBleu, and the Hard Rock Hotel is opening this year. But I prefer some of the more dank and grungy bars up in Truckee. Specifically the Pastime Club and the Tourist Club— what we call the T Club.

Where do you go for your ski gear? There’s this place that recently came under new ownership called the Tahoe Sports Hub in Truckee. The staff totally knows their stuff and they have all the insider info, like where to go for the best skiing at any resort. And it’s not one of those places where they’re trying to gouge the customer; they have really fair prices.




Tahoe City culture thrives with festivals, live performances, cinema, and down-toearth dining. January 1, 2014 Tahoe City culture thrives with festivals, live performances, cinema, and down-to-earth dining.Lake Tahoe's lively North Shore burg already wins kudos for the deep forests and snowy slopes nearby. Now it has morphed into a hub for adventure and art as well. Area code is 530. visittahoecity.org  Test snow bikes, snowshoes, and skis at the largest demo of winter mountain sports gear in the West, the Alpenglow Mountain Festival, Feb. 21 to Mar. 1 this year. Join international guides in the back-country as they impart the nuances of Sierra terrain, or hike to a catered dinner. 583-6917,alpenglowsports.com.  The recently renovated Tahoe Art Haus & Cinemaserves up indie movies, action sports films, and major releases along with snacks from the popcorn spice bar. The venue also features guest lectures, sponsors pub crawls, and hosts performances organized by the newly formed Lake Tahoe Dance Collective. 584-2431, tahoearthauscinema.com.  At the new Tahoe City Winter Sports Park, glide beneath the stars at ski-to-bonfire dinners hosted by such local restaurants as Zia Lina, or bring the family out to slide, cycle, and run at the Pole, Pedal, and Pound triathlon on Jan. 2. 5831516,wintersportspark.com.  Recently opened lakeside, Moe's Original Bar B Quepairs extra thick, smoky St. Louisstyle ribs with jalapeno-and-onion corn bread grilled briefly in butter. Other proteins worth trying: Southern-fried catfish and smoked tofu. 5834227,moesoriginalbbq.com/lo/tahoecity.  Amid the small renaissance of hole-in-the-wall coffeehouses and snack shops in Tahoe City comes a darling place called Sugar Pine Cakery. Pastry queen Allison Sayles bakes organic treats using ingredients from local farmers' market vendors. Her salted caramel brownies, lavender tea cookies, and gluten-free chocolate chip cookies are to die for. 5832253, sugarpinecakery.com.


Getting into Backcountry Safely December 11, 2014

There is nothing like the exhilaration you feel after your first big run down untracked powder. Skiers try to chase that sensation the rest of their lives and are increasingly looking for it backcountry, where untracked runs are the reward of a steep hike uphill. As a result, resorts and guide services across North America are offering more courses and trips that emphasize the education (especially avalanche awareness), techniques and tactics needed to safely navigate the backcountry. Most of these programs require that you be comfortable skiing black-diamond runs within a ski area and be in good physical shape to handle the demands of uphill travel. Here is a sampling of the best places to get a taste of off-piste adventure but keep the training wheels on.

Backcountry Skiing Clinics Bolton Valley, Vt. Petra Cliffs Mountaineering School offers monthly weekend group clinics for newto-the-backcountry skiers and snowboarders, as well as private trips on request, in the extensive terrain that borders Bolton Valley ski area. “We’ll get you comfortable on your skis, show you how to put in a proper skin track and explore different ways to manage terrain,” said a co-owner and head guide, Steve Charest.


Skiers should be at least intermediate level and comfortable skiing in treed areas. For those ready for more challenge, Petra Cliffs offers guided trips into the backcountry at Smuggler’s Notch, reached by lift from the ski resort, and the area around Jay Peak, among other destinations. Cost: $165; includes guide; $185 per person for a private trip with two people; petracliffs.com.

Backcountry Adventure Center Sugar Bowl, Calif. When Sugar Bowl, northwest of Lake Tahoe, opened its Summit lift in 2009, skiers disembarking at the top of Judah Ridge got an enticing view into what John Monson, director of sales and marketing, calls “marquee backcountry terrain.” Anticipating that guests would be tempted to access the untracked slopes through the resort’s open boundary policy, resort management decided to focus on education and contracted with Alpine Skills International, a respected local guide service, to run tours and teach avalanche certification classes. Among the guided outings is the Four Peaks Tour, introduced last winter. Begin with a chairlift ride, then ski down and skin up the backsides of Sugar Bowl’s four summits strung along the Pacific Crest. The tour includes navigating terrain like chutes and bowls, as well as information related to backcountry travel, snow science and proper use of gear. “You’re not just going out and having a guided run through powder,” Mr. Monson said. Alpine Skills International also offers its own backcountry courses for skiers and splitboarders in the north Lake Tahoe area, including the Intro to Backcountry Skiing ($199 with gear) and two recently introduced tours, one up Silver Peak near Squaw Valley and the other to Razorback Ridge, accessible from Sugar Bowl. Cost: $165; includes guide; sugarbowl.com.

Expedition: Kirkwood Kirkwood, Calif. Kirkwood ski area, south of Lake Tahoe, is known for its challenging slopes, abundant snowfall and miles of accessible backcountry terrain. It’s also rated Class A (most dangerous) for avalanche potential. This program was established to help adventurous skiers and boarders explore more safely through avalanche education courses, introductory backcountry skills classes and guided snowcat skiing. New this season is the Discovery Series, Saturday sessions for skiers and snowboarders that are held within resort boundaries but focus on the techniques necessary for tackling the steeps, cornices, bowls and chutes outside the gates. “We learned over the last few years that we have a lot of people who aspire to be in the backcountry, but they first need to acquire the skills to get through that type of terrain,” said Kevin Cooper, a spokesman for the resort. Also new, for skiers or riders already comfortable with off-piste conditions, are private half- or full-day guided tours to three backcountry bowls that spill off the ski area’s main ridgeline and offer pristine powder skiing. Tours begin with a lift ride and then require skinning uphill.


Cost: $195 per person for Discovery Series sessions; includes lunch; $435 to $635 for private guided tours, with a maximum of four guests per guide; kirkwood.com.

Big Mountain Center Kicking Horse, British Columbia Much of the inbounds terrain at this resort in Golden, British Columbia, feels like the backcountry, with 85 chutes designated on the trail map and acres of ungroomed steeps and glades on the upper mountain. In other words, it’s a perfect training ground for developing the skiing or riding skills necessary for the backcountry, especially under the watchful eye of a guide from the resort’s Big Mountain Center, who will teach intermediates and above how to manage highalpine terrain while sharing tucked-away powder stashes. Afterward, consider booking a guided ski trip on Rogers Pass, 50 miles to the west. It’s long been a center of ski touring in British Columbia. Starting this winter, Kicking Horse also offers two-day basic avalanche safety courses taught by members of the Canadian Avalanche Association and scheduled on nine weekends throughout the ski season, a frequency that’s hard to find at other resorts. Cost: 589 Canadian dollars, about $530 at $1.10 Canadian to the U.S. dollar, for guided skiing for a group of up to six; 205 dollars per person for avalanche courses; kickinghorseresort.com.

Ski Fantasy Camp and Elevate Women’s Ski Camp Jackson Hole, Wyo. For backcountry skiing luxe, the new Ski Fantasy Camp, offered Jan. 6 to 12 through the Four Seasons Resort and Residences Jackson Hole, fits the bill. It includes two days of lift-served out-of-bounds skiing/snowboarding and two days of ski or splitboard touring in Grand Teton National Park, with small groups led by personnel from Exum Mountain Guides. Top professional skiers like Sage Cattabriga-Alosa and Griffin Post, who star in films produced by Jackson-based Teton Gravity Research, will also accompany the groups. During the first two days, you’ll learn how to move efficiently on touring skis or a splitboard before tackling the more remote and expansive backcountry in the park. Because the camp stretches over multiple days (one is a rest day), participants should be very physically fit and be comfortable skiing expert terrain. “After walking uphill with a pack on, you want the skiing to feel somewhat second nature, so you can really enjoy it,” said Zahan Billimoria, one of the guides who will work the camp. The women’s camp, Jan. 19 to 23 and March 3 to 7, is for intermediate and advanced skiers and is offered through Teton Mountain Lodge. Though the skiing is mostly at the resort, instruction includes techniques for tackling backcountry-style terrain and, conditions permitting, one morning or afternoon in the backcountry. The January camp also features the pro skiers Kim Havell, Jess McMillan and Crystal Wright, who ski with the groups. Cost: Ski Fantasy Camp, $3,500; includes four days of guided skiing, demo gear, lunches, two dinners; fourseasons.com. Elevate Women’s Ski Camp, from


$1,325; includes four days of ski instruction, lunches, welcome reception, closing dinner;tetonlodge.com.

Ruby Mountains Heli-Experience Yurt Lamoille, Nev. This heli-ski outfitter has been operating since 1977, making it among the oldest in the United States. But it gets a slight makeover this March, with a glampingstyle yurt to accommodate backcountry skiers and riders on guided overnight trips. Access is by helicopter, snowcat or a skin of four miles — and 3,000 feet of elevation gain — on a groomed cat track. But from there, skiers and splitboarders are primarily self-powered (they can get a morning lift on the helicopter or cat to jump-start their day). The owner of Ruby Mountain, Joe Royer, calls the terrain served by the yurt “user friendly.” He says, “It has a little of everything, including great tree skiing that can be used during high avalanche hazard.” Located at 9,700 feet on a ridge and bordered by white-bark pine trees on three sides, the 20-foot yurt is no slouch, either, with solar-powered lights, propane stoves for cooking and heating and even Wi-Fi access. It accommodates up to eight guests, who can also sleep in two adjacent platform tents. Cost: $500 per person, per night, with a two-night minimum; includes transportation to and from the yurt and guided skiing; equipment rental is available; guests provide their own food;helicopterskiing.com.

Intro to Backcountry Skiing Camp, and Leave the Boys Behind Aspen, Colo. This new two-day camp, Jan. 17 and 18, acquaints skiers with backcountry ski technique and gear, avalanche awareness and mountain weather patterns during guided outings along Richmond Ridge, off the backside of Aspen Mountain. Instruction will focus specifically on essential basics like kick turns, a necessary technique for traveling uphill, and using climbing skins. “It’ll be very inclusive and not intimidating,” said the Aspen Expeditions owner, Dick Jackson. Leave the Boys Behind, guided by Aspen Alpine Guides, runs two hut trips, Feb. 9 to 11 and March 11 to 13, in the backcountry around Aspen and Vail. These catered outings introduce women to what they need to know to get safely to and from Colorado’s 10th Mountain Division Huts, along with a healthy dose of camaraderie. Cost: Intro to Backcountry Skiing Camp, $395; includes guided skiing and avalanche gear; aspenexpeditions.com. Leave the Boys Behind, $1,195; includes guides, avalanche gear, food and welcome party; leavetheboysbehind.com.






Reno's incredible revamp (have you seen what's changed?) December 8, 2014 It’s a Saturday night, and thousands of zombies are dancing to Michael Jackson’s Thriller on Virginia Avenue, Reno’s main drag, right next to my hotel. They’re assembled under an arch emblazoned with Reno’s long-time motto – “the Biggest Little City in the World” – and are about to go on a city-wide drinking spree. Each season in Reno has its costumed pub crawl: Santas ho-ho-ho in December; leprechauns assemble here on St. Patrick’s Day; and pirates yo-ho-ho in the summer. But somehow the zombies – which hit the streets the weekend before Halloween – seem the best fit, any time of year. Reno is at once spooky and cheery – like the old Addams Family, or certain episodes ofSix Feet Under.

Its slogan speaks to a long-time penchant for offering big-city vices in a relatively small place (population: 230,000). What’s less discussed elsewhere has long been front-and-centre here, in Nevada’s second city. Not one but two local cabbies decide to recommend strip clubs to me. “It’s raw,” Courtney Meredith, a local graphic designer, says with approval in her voice. “Reno’s always been raw.” But it’s also midway through an intriguing transformation. With quick divorces and legalized gambling no longer the draws they once were, Reno’s lately worked hard to find new ways of attracting crowds. Many creative types are settling here, and the city’s even cleaning up its act – a little.


My hotel opened in June, and is the first one on the downtown strip without a casino occupying its main floor (it was Fitzgeralds Hotel Casino, before its recent renovation). But it does boast the world’s tallest climbing wall (50 metres), which overlooks Virginia Avenue. And downstairs, where the casino used to be, is Cargo, a cavernous music venue – Wayne Newton just would not work in this cool space – and Heritage, a vast, casual-chic restaurant from Mark Estee.

The Whitney Peak hotel climbing wall. With Heritage, and his flagship restaurant Campo, this Boston-born chef-entrepreneur has almost single-handedly pushed Reno’s culinary scene beyond the traditional all-you-can-eat buffet. “I worked at Chez Panisse in Berkeley when they were starting that move toward working with farmers and foragers,” he says. “I wanted to be a part of getting that system going here.” To that end, he’s soon to open Reno Provisions, a food emporium in part of a long-shuttered J.C. Penney. It’s just one example of entrepreneurs trying to bring life back to the downtown, hit hard by the 2008 crash. I meet with Meredith for dinner at Wild River Grille, in the downstairs of a former hotel that thrived during Reno’s divorce era (heiress Gloria Vanderbilt stayed here while awaiting her decree). Its upstairs suites have recently been converted to artists’ live-work lofts. From the restaurant’s windows, we can see the Truckee, the river for which the restaurant is named. Kayakers often navigate its midcity rapids, she tells me, but we don’t spot any this evening. “We had a huge turnout for a recent river cleanup,” Meredith says, “but that’s partly because some of the recently divorced used to come right from the courthouse and throw their wedding rings into the river. Some volunteers probably hoped they might find a diamond ring or two.”


Kayakers often navigate Truckee river's mid-city rapids. This spot is essentially Ground Zero for Reno. It’s at roughly this part of the river where a Missouri man built a toll bridge in the mid-19th century, and around that crossing grew up a mining town, named for a Civil War general. Three of Reno’s most stately buildings stand here: a neoclassical courthouse (where playwright Arthur Miller famously got the divorce that enabled him to marry starlet Marilyn Monroe), an art deco former post office (empty now, but soon to host a bunch of microretailers) and this vaguely Gothic Revival former hotel. But Reno’s downtown isn’t the area drawing the most attention at present; its newly bohemian Midtown was the subject of a glowing New York Times piece last year. Sophisticated galleries (the Stremmel is the leading one), congenial beanroasting cafes (the Hub), and cozy gastropubs (Midtown Eats) and wine bars (Craft) line its leafy streets. Reno’s distinctive perky-macabre mix is all over Midtown, with a hearse parked out front of Death and Taxes (a bar painted black), and religious steelwork in another drinking hole, the Chapel. (The bartender at the latter tells me eerie stories of an abandoned mine up in the hills above Reno.) A strange and stylish boutique, Natural Selection, has just opened: It offers stuffed reptiles, iridescent Indonesian beetles, fossils, and glossy succulents and airplants – the dead and the undead, coexisting, on its shelves. The nearby Nevada Museum of Art also happens to have an exhibit featuring much taxidermy (on display until Jan. 15), along with traditional landscape painting and contemporary wildlife photography. It’s just one of this institution’s continuing explorations of the place where art and the natural world meet. The dark grey building with tall, protruding chunks was completed in 2003 by architect Will Bruder, and itself riffs on a natural feature near Reno: the tall black rocks in the desert near where the annual Burning Man festival occurs. (As the nearest city to Burning Man, Reno has filled its parks with some of the massive industrial sculptures that feature centrally in that hallucinogenic desert arts festival.)


The enormous National Bowling Stadium also has a museum. (RSCVA) Reno never bores: Its attractions are diverse – if a little random. I take a bowling lesson one day at the ginormous National Bowling Stadium, and visit a former casino owner’s vintage car collection another. We drive to where the electric car company Tesla is building a new factory – it’ll be among the world’s largest buildings – and see wild horses galloping through the industrial park. I walk through the ivy-covered buildings of the main quad at the University of Nevada, Reno. “No one thinks of this as a college town,” historian Alicia Barber says, over lunch on my last day in Reno at Noble Pie Parlor, which has won national awards for its pizzas. The restaurant is at the foot of the El Cortez, a once glamorous but now beat-up hotel; Trevor Leppek, the restaurant proprietor, hopes to revive its old ballroom, once a Rat-Pack hangout. He and a partner have also just finished renovating an old Victorian house, adding barbecues to one of its many patios and decks. The place looks a bit like the Addams Family’s mansion. “The idea is people will come, drink, purchase meats that are already marinading, and grill them up on our barbecues. We hope it’ll take – Pignic is a new idea for a gathering place.” After lunch, Barber shows me old silver baron mansions on the Truckee, and speaks of her adopted city in general terms. “Reno’s the kid who’s saying, ‘Like me, like me, like me.’ The city knows what it is to be popular, and it’d like to be so again. Many creatives are flocking here, but it’s hard to say what will stick of everything that’s being tried right now.” IF YOU GO If flying to Reno from Canada, expect at least one connection through a western U.S. city such as Los Angeles, Denver or Seattle. WHERE TO STAY The Whitney Peak Hotel is the only major hotel on the strip not attached to a casino. Rooms from $110 (U.S.). 255 N. Virginia St.,whitneypeakhotel.com WHERE TO EAT & DRINK Chef Mark Estee’s flagship restaurant Campo does tasty thin-crust pizza and house-made pasta in a rock ’n’ roll room overlooking the river. 50 N. Sierra St., camporeno.com


Midtown Eats has a certain out-of-Portland feel, with its casual ambience, quirky menu and intricate cocktails. 719 S. Virginia St.,midtowneatsreno.com The attractions at Noble Pie Parlor are threefold: its location in an old Deco hotel, its pizzas and its wings, both of which have won prestigious national tasting competitions. 239 W. 2nd St., noblepieparlor.com The Wild River Grille boldly started up in 2007, when the downtown still felt to many locals like a nogo area. 17 S. Virginia St.,bestrenorestaurant.com The Chapel Tavern is where the Midtown bohemians go to carouse in a setting made rough and attractive with bespoke steel fixtures. 1099 S. Virginia St., chapeltavern.com The Hub is the city’s premiere coffee roaster and café, and has two attractive locations, one in a tight space in Midtown, the other in an airy one by the Truckee. 32 Cheney St. & 727 Riverside Dr., hubcoffeeroasters.com WHAT TO SEE The suites at the Morris Burner Hotel have been made trippy by Burning Man artists, while the massive steel sculptures that are common at that desert festival fill its backyard. 400 E. 4th St., morrisburnerhotel.com The bulk of the cars in the National Automobile Museum were collected by the ebullient, moviestar-dating casino owner Bill Harrah (1911-1978) from the mid-20th century on – and include yesteryear cars from Bugatti, Duesenberg and Pierce-Arrow, as well as Elvis Presley’s Cadillac Eldorado. 10 S. Lake St., automuseum.org The National Bowling Stadium has a huge silver ball poking out of its roof, and is the Churchill Downs of the bowling world, with well-oiled, state-of-the-art 10-pin lanes and a museum, telling, among other things, the story of Richard Nixon’s attachment to the sport. 300 N. Center St., gobowlreno.com Exhibitions at the Nevada Museum of Art often examine human interaction with the environment – and it has a great brunch place, Chez Louie. 160 W. Liberty St., nevadaart.org WHERE TO SHOP Natural Selection has a curiosity-inducing, slightly disturbing miscellany of goods derived from nature. 39 St. Lawrence Ave., naturalselectionstore.com Parts of the writer’s trip were subsidized by Visit Reno-Tahoe, the Whitney Peak and other local businesses. They did not review or approve this story.


At California's Sugar Bowl ski resort, a 75-year run of rustic charm December 5, 2014 In the 1941 Walt Disney cartoon "The Art of Skiing," Goofy slips and slides out of the shedroofed Sugar Bowl Ski Resort lodge, where he's bunking, and heads to the slopes for several spectacular spills. In the background, there's occasional melodic yodeling performed by resort founder Hannes Schroll, an Austrian ski racer and instructor who also spent time at Yosemite National Park. The yodeling has declined markedly since the ski area opened 75 years ago, but the still privately owned resort and lodge looks much as it did in 1939. Moreover, the black-diamond runs remain as challenging. In the last few years, Sugar Bowl has invested $20 million in upgrades, such as adding the Crow's Peak lift. Sugar Bowl also acquired the nearby 6,000-acre Royal Gorge cross-country ski resort and is investing $750,000 in improvements. With additions and changes, Sugar Bowl now has 102 trails spread over 1,650 acres, with 13 lifts and slopeside parking at the foot of the Mt. Judah Express. Disney, an early investor and an avid skier, as well as the many other Hollywood luminaries who frequented Sugar Bowl in its early days, would still feel at home in the resort's car-free core. Most homeowners at the resort were members of prominent San Francisco families, but film stars such as Robert Stack, Jean Arthur, Claudette Colbert, Errol Flynn and Marilyn Monroe also skied at Sugar Bowl. There are other Disney connections at Sugar Bowl as well, including the renamed Mt. Disney (known before 1939 as Hemlock Peak), which rises to nearly 8,000 feet. The Donald Duck run, off the Disney Express chairlift, is an expert slope between the Eagle and Pony Express pistes.


Not a bad return for an initial $2,500 investment by Disney, who skied at the resort several times with Schroll and fellow Austrian Bill Klein, who directed the ski school until 1957. The resort, which is on the west side of Donner Pass and gets as much as 500 inches of snow each winter, was the first in the Sierra to have a chairlift (a single-seater). For years, it was the site of the Silver Belt ski race, which drew top competitors from around the world. Today, Daron Rahlves, who won 12 World Cup races and competed in four Winter Olympics for the U.S., is one of the resort's ambassadors — which means he skis with the public on occasion. On March 14 and 15, the resort will host the Rahlves' Banzai Tour at Sugar Bowl with a race down the famed Silver Belt Gully as part of the resort's 75th anniversary. I first visited Sugar Bowl in the mid-1980s and was charmed by the village's Tirolean chalets, some of which have colorful, whimsical paintings and ski club shields on their sides. Like Goofy, I stayed at the Sugar Bowl Lodge and found it cozy. I even tumbled down a few slopes, à la Goofy.

I've returned a few times since then with family members and friends. Because I visited during last season when the skiing was sketchy, I can't wait to return in the middle of a 500-inch winter.


Nancy Bechtle, chair of the Sugar Bowl Ski Corp., has been skiing for nearly 70 years, ever since her late father began taking the family to the Sierra by train. "Sugar Bowl was rustic back then," she said. "We've kept the character of the resort but brought in state-of-the-art equipment because nobody likes to stand in long lift lines." Today, three generations of the Bechtle family often ski at the resort at the same time, and three grandchildren are on the Sugar Bowl ski team. "If I could sum up Sugar Bowl," Bechtle said, "I'd say we are a small resort with a mountain that skis big — and has a wonderful family feeling." Mark Lorenzen, a San Francisco-based photographer, is a relative newcomer to Sugar Bowl, at least compared with Bechtle. He first skied at the resort 40 years ago and said he was "awestruck" when he first saw the resort after a heavy storm. "I was new to skiing and didn't know what I was doing," said Lorenzen, who became an accomplished telemark skier. "But I thought it was a winter wonderland. It has great terrain for all levels and great access to the backcountry. This winter, my family [including kids ages 10 and 14] will be renting a cabin near Sugar Bowl and getting a family season pass. We can't wait." Rob Kautz, Sugar Bowl's chief executive, began skiing at Sugar Bowl in the 1970s. He became a ski patrolman before working his way to the resort's top management spot. Some of his favorite runs are off the Crow's Peak chair, especially on stormy days. Kautz recalls sitting with Schroll in the resort lodge and being regaled by the Sugar Bowl founder, who loved to tell stories. "One evening, he was telling some of us about that trip down to Burbank in the late 1930s to see if Walt Disney wanted to invest in the resort," Kautz said. "Disney and Hannes got to chatting about Austria and yodeling, which Disney liked. So Hannes yodeled for him. Disney was greatly impressed and called in his sound guys to record Hannes. That's what ended up in the Disney cartoons. "And Hannes always said, 'You know what? I was never paid a dime for that!'" ____


If you go THE BEST WAY TO SUGAR BOWL SKI RESORT From LAX, Southwest, American and United offer nonstop service to Reno; Delta, American, United, US Airways and Southwest offer connecting service (change of planes). Restricted round-trip fares from $196, including taxes and fees. Southwest, American, Delta and United offer nonstop service to Sacramento; United, American, US Airways and Alaska offer connecting service. Restricted round-trip fares from $184. Sugar Bowl Ski Resort is on Donner Summit off Highway 40 about 42 miles west of Reno, Nev., and 96 miles east of Sacramento via Interstate 80. WHERE TO STAY Lodge at Sugar Bowl, (866) 843-2695, www.sugarbowl.com/lodge. Rooms from $210 midweek; weekends and holiday rates are higher. Slopeside lodging with ski-in/ski-out access. Rental homes and condominiums also available. TO LEARN MORE Sugar Bowl Ski Resort, (530) 426-9000, www.sugarbowl.com. Lift tickets, per day: $95 for adults ages 23-64; $78 for young adults ages 13-22; $55 for children ages 6-12. Sugar Bowl will celebrate its 75th anniversary with a series of season-long events, beginning with the Dec. 12 Backcountry Ball to benefit the Sierra Avalanche Center. Royal Gorge, (530) 426-3871, www.royalgorge.com. All-day trail pass; $32 for adults ages 2364; $27 for young adults ages 13-23; free for children 12 and younger.







5 Excellent Places to Eat in Reno BY CHEL SEA MO RSE | PO STED NO VEMBER 1 8 , 2 0 1 4 AT 1 : 3 0 PM EST

Chef Mark Estee of Campo is a devout defender of Reno's food scene—even in the casinos. "Some locals hate on the casinos, but they are key to Reno making a comeback. I embrace them." Here, he shares his top picks for a full day of eating both inside and outside of the gambling spots. Lunch "Sßp in the MidTown district is the best. The food is delicious and from the heart. I always get a cup of crawfish gumbo and the Reno Deli Sandwich, which is loaded with pesto, salami, tomato, aioli, spinach, provolone and hot peppers on toasted sourdough bread." stockpotinc.com Rustic "La Ferme in Genoa, Nevada is a favorite getaway outside of Reno, where the French-inspired country food is always spot on. I love to order any of the chef's soups: a parsnip one I had recently had a perfect velvety texture. I always end a meal there with cheese plate and some sticky wine. And I like to stop by the Genoa Bar and Saloon - one of Nevada's oldest bars - for a drink before dinner." lafermegenoa.com, genoabarandsaloon.com Upscale "I think 4th Street Bistro is one of the spots that put Reno on the map. It's spendy and worth it. Chef Natalie Sellers has her way with Niman Ranch pork belly confit for a starter, and I always go for the wild king salmon entree, caught by our mutual friend Ernie Camilleri." 4thstbistro.com Steakhouse "The Steak House in the Western Village casino in Sparks, Nevada is a throwback steakhouse with all the bells and whistles. It's the best place in the city to hold a celebration, and the attentive service is fantastic. I love the escargot, tableside-tossed Caesar salad and the dry aged, bone in New York sirloin. And then a slab of cheesecake, to put me over the top." westernvillagesparks.com Late night "Reno is a late night town, so we have some amazing diners, like Awful Awful, a burger joint open 24 hours a day. But like many others in the know, I head to Golden Flower for a large combo bowl pho (#1 on the menu): Vietnamese noodle soup full of tripe, beef ball and rare steak. They have a killer Chinese menu served after 9 pm too. It's always crowded, delicious and very, very affordable." goldenflowerreno.com


The Ultimate Mountain Biking in Tahoe: A Casino, Crazy Inclines, and Big Brown Bears Bill Fink October 15, 2014

The Plan: Cycle around Lake Tahoe to check out what may be the best twoday bike ride in America. It promises fresh mountain air, peaceful forest trails, and stunning lake views, not to mention heart-palpitating uphills, teeth-rattling downhills, and once off my bike, some microbrews, mountain barbecue, and perhaps some luck at the blackjack tables. The Route: A 72-mile loop around Lake Tahoe, from California to Nevada and back again. Pedal through4,300 feet of combined elevation changes along bike paths, city streets, and highways, with a few detours as the mood strikes me. The Ride: A Cannondale Synapse Hi-MOD Ace DI2. I’m borrowing the high-end, lightweight, carbon fiber road bike primarily to help with the ride’s two 900-foot climbs and to take advantage of its advertised “crush meets plush” combination of comfort and speed. Plus, it looks cool. The Launch: Appropriately, I begin my scenic ride in Tahoe Vista, with a stunning view of Lake Tahoe from the north. It’s the end of September, but the weather remains a summer-like 75 degrees and sunny. Just one couple sits on the beach, and I’m tempted to join them, but I realize I’ll be back at this same spot at the end of my loop and can rest then. I walk the bike out onto the beach for a photo, probably getting some sand in my gears and demonstrating even before my start that despite my professional ride, I’m a decidedly amateur rider. Bear Aware: Cruising through the town of Kings Beach, I see that the trash cans are bear-proofed with latches. I also pass a half-dozen shops selling giant wooden bear statues that were carved using chainsaws. Most of the wooden bears wave a hearty welcome. I hope the real bears are this nice.


These wooden bears are cheerier than the real-life variety. Elevating: Climbing from the base lake level of 6,200 feet elevation, I’m already gassed on the first uphill approaching the Nevada border. I tell myself it’s just the amazing view that is taking my breath away, and I stop for a few extra minutes to snap some photos. Border Crossing: Casinos spring up like mushrooms as soon as I cross the border into Nevada. The CalNeva Resort and Casino straddling the state line was once owned by Frank Sinatra, who used secret tunnels underneath it to try to hide his mobster pals from the gambling board. The casino is closed for remodeling, promising a big bang for its summer 2015 reopening.


Billionaires’ Row: I pedal through Incline Village, noted California tax haven and home to some staggeringly expensive homes along the lakeshore, including Larry Ellison’s recently built vacation pad, an upgrade from his other lakeside estate that he recently sold for nearly $30 million. I grab a forsale flier for a more modest three-bedroom beachfront house. The price? $12 million. For a peek into the lifestyles of the rich and eccentric, I could have peeled off the road south of Incline to tourThunderbird Lodge, the former home (which included underground cages for lions) of an eccentric millionaire from the 1930s. I absently wonder what we’ll see 80 years from now touring Ellison’s home. Staggering Views, Staggering Biker: I begin a 9-mile, 900-foot climb after Incline Village. Around each corner, the view is even more amazing. I distract myself from my huffing and puffing by trying to think of additional adjectives to try to describe the blueness of the lake: azure, sapphire, cobalt, steel blue; depending on how the sun is shining, they all apply to Lake Tahoe. The bike performs great on my climb; gears shift smoothly, and the crank transfers my pedaling power to help me pass people I have no business passing, serious-looking cyclists wearing the full Lance Armstrong spandex kit, looking at me and my baggy shorts with annoyance. I stop near 7,150foot high Spooner Summit for a celebratory swig of water and an energy bar. Tunnel Thrill: As the road winds its way along a mountainside hundreds of feet above the lake, it thins, leaving just two feet between my bike, traffic, and a rock retaining wall to my right. It narrows further to traverse the aptly named Cave Rock Tunnel, a 150-foot passage carved through raw mountain rock. I press a roadside button at bike level to initiate flashing lights to warn drivers of my presence. Despite the lights, my pedal through the tunnel is a little nerve-racking — my hands still shaking along with my light bike frame on the long downhill after the tunnel. Here’s how a trip through the tunnel looked from my handlebars: Downhill, Looking Up: Zephyr Cove is one of the many little attractions around Lake Tahoe you might miss while cruising on a car road trip. I curl off the road to find a whole resort community and agiant paddleboat, which looked like it was lifted from the Mississippi River circa 1880. My legs are a little too tired to join the nearby beach volleyball game, so I hit the beachside café for an icy drink.


South Lake Tahoe: Biking into the city of South Lake Tahoe, I’m confronted with the odd juxtaposition of high-rise casinos built at the base of high-rise mountains and Heavenly Ski Resort. To maintain the outdoorsy theme of my trip, I stay the night at Basecamp Hotel, where my room features a canvas tent, a picnic bench, and a woodsy theme. After dinner and celebratory margaritas at Azul Latin Kitchen (“azul,” another adjective for the lake!), I poach a sunset view from the top-floor casino bar, and then I hit the blackjack tables. Since I’m visiting during the autumn off-season, there aren’t a ton of gamblers around, so the dealers and players are friendly and chatty, giving the place more of a small-town feel. I gamble for a while next to a crazy old guy with a head wound who goes by the name of Mad Dog. Mr. Dog has a fat bankroll of hundred dollar bills and peels one off to give me after I run out of chips. I promptly gamble that away as well but appreciate the kindness. Return to the North: Apparently when long-distance biking, it’s best not to pound drinks until 2 a.m. in a dry, high-elevation environment. I stagger forward in the morning, thankfully on a quiet bike path away from the road through a peaceful forest panorama. I pedal through the homey Camp Richardson recreation area, the Tallac Historic Site, and even a Forest Service station, where they have a glass viewing area to provide a profile of the Taylor Creek, complete with salmon. You know who else likes salmon? Lake Tahoe’s large bear population. I pedal out of the forest quicker. Because It’s There: After my slow start to the day, I’m rested for the ride over Emerald Bay. The steep, 700-foot climb follows narrow road switchbacks that I can’t help notice have no guardrails. One wrong turn, or bump by a car, and I’d find myself plunging into one of the deepest lakes in the world. Strapped into my pedals, they’d need James Cameron’s submersible to find my body 1,600 feet below the surface. I’m thankful for the light traffic in the autumn off-season. As I stand panting and sweating at the viewpoint overlooking Emerald Bay, an older Swedish couple on their own road trip looks at me like I’m crazy. “But why?” he asks, gesturing at the steep hill behind me. “Because it is there?” Yup, pretty much. All Downhill: I enjoy a fun roller coaster ride coasting down mountain curves from the road’s summit back to lake level. Because this is Lake Tahoe, yet another stunning beach awaits at the bottom of the hill at Meeks Bay, where I grab a drink and lean against a tree to appreciate an absolutely perfect fall day.


Ride to the Finish: The bike path north of the west shore of Lake Tahoe takes little bends into the woods and through a few neighborhoods with gingerbread-house-style, little vacation homes built in the early 1960s. Small shops, markets, and little hotels line the path, enticing me to stop, among them the Fire Sign Café with some breakfast egg scrambles and an even more tempting cherry cobbler pie. Fueled up, I navigate my way through Tahoe City, checking out the many shops that are changing over their offerings as Tahoe’s boating and river-rafting season comes to an end and ski season approaches. My approach back to Tahoe Vista sends me on one last uphill climb, and I happily coast to a finish at the Cedar Glen Lodge,where a newly remodeled cabin awaits with a mini-fireplace and a much-needed shower. My bike odometer reads 80 miles for the trip, including my detours from the regular lake route. I figure my two days of pedaling have burned enough calories to merit a large dinner of barbecue ribs, chicken wings, and beer at Moe’s along the lakefront. A fine reward for an even finer ride.






7 Best Spots for Beginners to Learn Stand-Up Paddling August 26, 2014 by Jill K. Robinson

The fastest-growing water sport in the world, stand-up paddling (also known as SUP) is an easy sport to learn, despite looking like you need to be a master of balance to even think about it. Sure, balance is an important element, but if you can walk down the street without falling over, you’ll usually be fine. Want to learn the basics on your next vacation? Here are the best places to try it out: Kauai, HI With a varied coastline, plus inland jungle rivers, Kauai is a great place to start out with SUP. One of the best spots for beginners here is the Wailua River, in the middle of Kauai’s eastern coast. Protection from surf and wind means you can focus on your own balance without worrying about other elements trying to throw you off the board. That’s when everything seems to shift into island time. Take a lesson or rent a board from Kayak Kauai. Lake Tahoe, CA With more than 72 miles of shoreline, including sandy beaches and rocky inlets, Lake Tahoe is ideal for visitors to explore from the water on stand-up paddleboards. Online maps offered by the Lake Tahoe Water Trail Association break the 72-mile shoreline into seven segments — perfect for day trips. Rental opportunities abound, and public agencies in California and Nevada ensure good launching spots. Get your south shore rental from South Tahoe Standup Paddle, try SUP Yoga with Balance Bodyworks, or go to camp with SUP with Nicole. Half Moon Bay, CA Half Moon Bay may be home to big wave surf spot Mavericks, but you can stay safe with a SUP session in Pillar Point Harbor , protected from the surf and ocean surge. Paddle as fast or as slow as you like to take in the scenery and local wildlife — think: California sea lions, harbor sealsm and an ever-changing list of migrating birds — while staying safely within the harbor boundaries. Rent a board from Half Moon Bay Kayak Company or Mavericks Surf Shop. (Full disclosure: Our writer’s husband is an owner at Half Moon Bay Kayak Company, but we promise that’s not the only reason she loves it!) Yampa River, CO The Yampa River begins in the headwaters of the White River National Forest and continues on to the Utah border, where it meets up with the Green River. Catch it flowing through the heart of Steamboat Springs for a river stand-up paddle session, involving an inflatable board. The best way to learn how to SUP on a river is with a lesson, where you’ll get the down-low on handling


small rapids and the nature of changing water. We suggest taking your lesson with Steamboat Paddleboard Adventures. Black Canyon, AZ The Colorado River’s Black Canyon is a 600-foot-deep cleft in the basalt of Nevada and Arizona’s desert. The jaw-dropping beauty of the canyon and its jewel-toned water should be experienced at leisure — always a good reason for a camping trip. See how easy SUP camping is with a day trip or overnight with Try Stand Up. Learn the ropes, and you may soon find that you’re planning overnight river excursions close to home. Key Largo, FL There are so many areas in the Florida Keys to paddle that it can seem overwhelming as a SUP destination. Close to Key Largo, Paddle the Florida Keys offers a variety of routes for SUP renters to test their skills. Also offered are eco-tours of the Florida Bay and Key Largo Region. Want to have a bro-tastic day on the water? The “party rental” boards fit from four to eight people. (Pro tip: We think paddling your own board is actually more fun.) New York CIty, NY Stay with me here. Even in New York, it’s possible for stand-up paddlers to get out on the water, and there’s plenty for you to choose from — whether you’re into SUP basics, yoga, boot camp, race training, or romantic twilight paddles. Tourists and locals alike get great views while being out on the water with Manhattan Kayak Company. Remember to bring a change of clothes, so you can go out afterward. - See more at: http://blog.shermanstravel.com/2014/08/26/7-best-spots-for-beginners-to-learn-standup-paddling/#sthash.kRLAHMc2.dpuf


Reno: Home to Choice Food, Spas, and Art Friday, August 22, 2014 B Y

R AY NAVI S

I’ll bet it has been a long time since you have been to Reno. It was for me, but recently I had the good fortune to revisit this Nevada gem that lies on the eastern edge of the Sierra Nevada range. Things are good here, and it shows in the opulent new casinos and restaurants that now adorn the old silver mining hub. The Setting Reno is a place you can get your arms around, unlike its large and sometimes unfriendly competitor to the south. It is also perhaps the most family friendly of Nevada’s gaming cities. Great skiing is less than an hour away along with white water rafting. The grandeur of Lake Tahoe is available with an even shorter drive of just 40 minutes. Most of the hotels and casinos congregate in the downtown area on or near Virginia Street. One of the town’s most upscale properties is just a few minutes away, and that is where we stayed on this visit. The Peppermill Resort and Casino has the spectacular design features of a top Las Vegas hotel but provided a much more “guest friendly” experience. The Resort The ambience at the Peppermill is more like what Vegas used to be. They appreciate their guests. This is not a corporate-owned casino but instead the crowning jewel of a small group of longtime investors. From the car valet to check-in, the employees went out of their way to make me comfortable in a way that is long gone from Vegas. Many of their employees are students at nearby University of Nevada, Reno, and they have been handpicked to excel in customer service. As we checked in, I was captivated by the scenes playing out on large video screens throughout the Peppermill. This video art is the creation of Joe Ness, the director of the resort’s Entertainment Electronics and Media Department. Hundreds of screens


throughout the resort capture high-definition videos of exotic lands, nature, and wildlife along with local scenery. From the Great Wall of China to the beaches in Australia, the only movement is within the scene, and the results are entrancing. You will want more of this, and you can have it on several in-house TV channels in your room. Our room was on one of the top floors in the newer Tuscany Tower, where old-world sophistication meets contemporary hotel comforts. For example, rich, thick curtains open electronically with just a slight touch, giving way to panoramic views across Reno toward the nearby mountains. Italian marble floors adorn the oversized bathrooms with Jacuzzi tubs and large showers. Did I forget to mention the LCD wall-mounted TVs encased in gold-lined picture frames? I think I could get used to this. Hand-painted Italian art and private foyers complete the experience. VisitPeppermillReno.com for complete details. The Pool and Spa Hearst Castle’s Neptune Pool came immediately to mind upon gazing at the resort’s Tuscany-inspired pool area. The two geothermally heated pools are open year-round and feature a waterfall and private cabanas. You will want to spend some time here, and maybe a lot of time if you have little ones in tow. Spa Toscana encompasses 33,000 square feet and three stories of luxury pools and treatment rooms equal to the Golden Door or Canyon Ranch. The spa menu is extensive, including the increasingly popular “Oxygen Facial” which had a soothing and long-lasting effect. The Food On our first night we choose to dine at Chi, the resort’s Asian-themed restaurant, and the result was a feast for all palates involved. The Peking duck was outstanding, as were the pot stickers and fried shrimp dumplings starter. The exotic Chinese decor included live fish tanks, home to the freshest menu choices. For lunch the next day we visited the River Walk section of downtown and dined at Campo, a Mark Estee creation. Estee hails from a Greek-Italian background, and this has inspired his menu. I choose “The Swimmer” entrée, which was red snapper that day, and it was excellent. For starters we had the warm Castelvetrano olives and a kale salad. Both were very good. The restaurant has a large outdoor patio overlooking the Truckee River in this newly redeveloped section of Reno. For further information go to CampoReno.com.


Later that evening we had the pleasure of experiencing another Mark Estee establishment when we dined at Heritage Reno on the ground floor at the Whitney Peak Hotel. This trendy downtown restaurant has the feel of New York or Chicago with a large, enticing bar area framing the open seating and exhibition kitchen. My Pacific Northwest salmon entrĂŠe was perhaps the best I have ever tasted, and the heirloom tomatoes on the side were a perfect match. Estee has a line on the freshest ingredients for all his restaurants, and you will taste this right away. Go to RenoHeritage.com to prepare for this memorable feast.


Las Vegas: Dive Bars’ Escapist Lure 8/21/2014

We walk into the Peppermill’s Fireside Lounge, and it’s as if we’ve travelled decades back in time. It is dark and intimate. Mirrors line the walls. Much of the upholstery is red and black, and domed stained glass lighting fixtures hang from the ceiling. Cocktail waitresses in black-slit dresses slink about, carrying shiny trays and offer Martinis, spritzers and Cape Cods. You can almost imagine Dean Martin tossing back a Manhattan and puffing a cigarette in the corner. But there are touches of modern. Neon pink and blue lights line the perimeter. Fake flowering trees sprout from the ground and cascade overhead. Metal poles gleam. Unlike glitzy Strip bars with gleaming accessories and thousands of square feet of space, dive bars are small neighbourhood joints, places off the beaten path that feel hidden and personal. They often have a regular clientele – although in Las Vegas that can include curious tourists – and offer cheap drinks and lots of vibe. They are popular in Las Vegas because they provide something different than the glitz of the Strip, both for visitors seeking a more intimate experience and for locals who want to escape the bustle of Las Vegas Boulevard. Named one of America’s top 10 make-out bars by Nerve Magazine, the Peppermill has been a staple of Las Vegas since the 1970s. Nestled in a tired section of the Strip, it has become a destination all on its own. I’m here with my husband and we order the bar’s signature drink, the Scorpion, and settle into a round booth that surrounds a blazing fire pit. A group of tourists pops in to snap a picture. A couple in the booth next to us make out. It’s 2 am, and the place is packed. Our drink comes, and it is the size of a bowling ball. The 64-ounce cocktail is fruity and delicious, complete with a skewer of fruit and paper umbrella. This isn’t a house beer kind of place. That isn’t to say those don’t exist. Like almost everything in Vegas, if you can imagine it, it’s likely just a short can ride away. Frankie’s Tiki Room is another hot stop, both for locals looking to escape the neon bustle of the Strip and tourists itching for a taste of the tiki culture.


One part South Seas, one part kitsch (with a little punk alternative thrown in), the bar is awash in bamboo as far as the eye can see. It was designed by Bamboo Ben, the grandson of tiki pioneer Eli Hedley, the mastermind behind the Enchanted Tiki Room and Adventureland at Disneyland. The furniture is made from bamboo, and the walls are covered in it. Lights are fashioned from pufferfish, and custom tiki idol glasses line the bar. Each cocktail comes in a different character. Surf music alternates with garage on the jukebox, while TVs flash clips from old ‘70s and Hawaiian-themed videos, slasher horror flicks and old-school pornos. The crowd is lively and eclectic. On a recent night, two young women in Bettie Page dresses and black curls drank at a table, while a group of 30-something men fed $20s into video poker machines at the bar. Frankie’s also is a popular stop for European tourists. Breaking from the tiki theme, Frankie’s drink du jour is the zombie. Based on a recipe concocted in 1956, it features a little bit of fruit juice and a lot of rum. Customers are limited to two. Many report a strong buzz after one. If a zombie doesn’t do it for you, “Ass Juice” might be your answer. That’s the famed drink of the Double Down Saloon, a self-proclaimed “clubhouse for the lunatic fringe” and birthplace of the bacon martini. Ass Juice, a fruity alcoholic shot blend, comes in signature toilet mug. The bar also is owned by P Moss, owner of Frankie’s. It advertises itself like this, “Live music. Pool. Pinball. Hot chicks. Bum, punks, hipsters, bohemians, rockabilly greasers and regular joes. Touring bands and Hollywood types kicking back away from the tourists. Always expect the unexpected.”

Original murals depict women sitting on toilets, men vomiting and rock star skeletons. There are only two rules, “You puke, you clean,” and “If you’re wearing a cowboy hat, you won’t be served bourbon at the bar.” On the slightly higher-end spectrum of Las Vegas’ dive bar scene is the Beauty Bar, a 2,100 square foot gem in the heart of downtown. The setting is retro cool, with decor from the Carpri Salon of Beauty in Trenton, New Jersey. There is linoleum flooring and gold mirrors, and a mostly local, hipster crowd. Expect to see lots of skinny jeans and black-rimmed glasses. DJs spin seven nights a week, and there’s a martinisand-manicure happy hour.


Â

 TAHOE

TahoeART Month: September Surprises Dance, photography, music, and other treats flutter by the big lake. By Alysia Gray Painter | Thursday, Aug 7, 2014 | Updated 6:17 PM PDT

LIVELY TIMES BESIDE THE LAKE: When there's a large body of water that's considered to be one of the planet's most glorious spots -- let's just cut straight to the absolutely true, watertight statements here -- it can be challenging to turn your gaze from the water for any length of time. Oh, perhaps if you're a skier, and there are snowy slopes nearby, but all that shimmery blue expanse? Yep, it's captivating. But the rather wonderful thing about Lake Tahoe -- we're talking about Lake Tahoe here, lest you were sitting in suspense -- is that its shores tend to be laden with lovely and mind-expanding and thought-challenging and heart-gladdening happenings. And if you arrive in September? Well, just multiply those happenings by two or three. That happens to beTahoeART Month around North Tahoe, which is the time of year a whole spring of cultural to-dos burble up and take flight (or, less poetically and more accurately, appear before your eyes in galleries and on paths near the lake). Wait strike that: It is plenty poetic, TahoeART Month, fanciful flight or not, and it is set to swan lakeside from Sept. 1 through 30. The only difficult part for you? Nope, it isn't tearing your attention away from the crystalline surface of the water. It's choosing what weekend to arrive and what to do. ON THE SCHEDULE: Everything glitters, as one wants from an out-sized art month, but look to the plein air painting event near the start. Some thirty artists will put brush to canvas in an outdoor setting and then, voila, the paintings shall go on display. Call it very, very fresh art. That's on from Sept. 2 through 7. An Autumn Food & Wine Festival falls over that weekend -- that's the 6th and 7th -- and the Trails & Vistas


guided art hikes trek on that Saturday and Sunday as well. Dance, tunes, and more high-elevation goodies of the most elevating sort await. Going to the lake for some early fall action? Love on some quality art, too. Copyright NBC Owned Television Stations

Â










f r

A

GOLF

COURSE ON LIFE S U P P O R T:

>THE

TWIN CREEKS ^STORY PA R T I I

A M AY

V

I

2014

84.99

D

>JANE SLATER THE

CBS

11

SPORTS ANCHOR DISHES THINGS

ON ALL DALLAS

H I G H L A N D PA R K ' S

SCOTTIE SCHEFFLER T H E L AT E S T AREA PHENOM M AY B E T H E N E X T JORDAN SPIETH

★CHEAPER TO KEEP HER BRUSH UP ON TEXAS ALIMONY LAWS PA G E

42

+ T h e

Reality of Knee

Pain

Maximize Yo u r D r i v e r

Shaft

Great Golf

in Reno/ in< Lake Tahoe


â–¶>YOUR GOLF

T R AV E L

In the Pure

Air Up There Searching for a long weekend getaway? Head out to the m o u n t a i n s o f R e n o / L a k e Ta h o e . BY MICHAEL HILLER

You don't need a reason. Grab your clubs, a sleeve of balls, a bottle of sunscreen, maybe

a golf hat (the blue one with the frayed brim and sweat stains is probably in your car trunk). Empty your gym bag. In go four shirts, three boxers, two shorts and a pair of jeans. The mountains don't care how you look. The bears don't care that you smell. You, on the other hand, are about to feel liberated. You're heading up and to the west.

W W W. M YAV I D G O L F E R . C O M

83



A golf trip to Reno and Lake Tahoe is that rarest of summer escapes, a long weekend that unspools like a miie of kite string tugged by the wind. You'll have to spend a few minutes filing a flight plan - where to stay, who to take - but if its any more tax ing than calling Avis and Uber, you're building a rocket instead of a glider. The best kind of air is mountain air. The best mountain air?

That's easy. It puffs up from Lake Tahoe (elevation 6,224 feet), where it buffs the sky into deep hues of blue and purple and makes the last five holes on Edgewood Tahoe Golf Course look like a jar of crayons. You tell yourself the cobalt sky, the indigo water, the emerald fairways and the lanky sugar pines can't be real. But they are real. And they're spectacular. This is why you take the long weekend.

George Fazio designed Edgewood Tahoe in 1968. Except for some conditioning issues (probably remnants from Charles Barkley's instructional rounds here with Hank Haney), the site of the American Century Celebrity Golf Championship each July hasn't lost a bit of its sheen. My favorite hole, the 547-yard 16th, runs down to the lake. Fazio placed bunkers in just the right places (right and left of the landing zones, plus guarding the green), a solitary pine in the wrong place (the middle of the fairway) and the dance floor in the best place of all (adjacent to the lake).

Not a lot has changed since the course was built a half-century ago. Nephew Tom Fazio has tweaked the course since then, improving sightlines of the lake and the Sierra Nevada Mountains, but the layout remains the area's best. The town of Edgewood, on the other hand, seems content to remain relatively unchanged since its 1960s heydays. If you're into $12.95 casino buffets, food truck breakfast burritos and grocery store doughnuts, you'll find plenty to like. That time warp has been a drawback for the golf course, whose $240 peak season green fee doesn't jibe with laid-back Edgewood and its drab hotels. To combat that, a new 150-room luxury lodge

is set for construction on the golf course property this season, which means hole Nos. 3 and 9 will have to find new homes.

When you've had your fill of Harvey's and Harrah's casinos, weave your way to the north side of the lake to Incline Village. Where Edgewood Tahoe is all about the lake, the Championship Course at Incline Village is all about the foothills. The air is no less rarifled on the north shore, but the vibe is decidedly more

upscale. So while you might not be smacked by one of Charles Barkley's errant shots, Incline Village resident Annika Sorenstam might give you a tip or two. Robert Trent Jones built Incline Village's Championship Course in the early 1960s, about the same time he was working on Mauna W W W. M YAV I D G O L F E R . C O M

85


Keas golf course on the Big Island of Hawaii. Both courses share a number of design elements, from flat, saucer bunkers to narrow fair ways to tricky greens that conspire to create l40-plus slope ratings. As good as Edgewood Tahoe and Incline Village are, you'll find more top shelf golf at a bakers dozen of courses less than a half-days drive away. Truckee, a blur of a drive across the Cali fornia border on Interstate 80, has a full plate of good golf. For my money, though, I like to head up to Reno, the "biggest little city in the world," and to Somersett Golf and Country Club, in the nearby foothills. The Tom Kite-designed course is worth any trouble it takes to secure a tee time (have your club pro call the pro at Somersett to set it up). Kite found his rhythm on the back nine, but a few holes on the front will leave you scratching your head. Surveying No. 7 from the tee box, for e.xample, you'll wonder if 500 bunkers arc too many for a single fairway. I'll bet Kite looked back from the green and wondered the same thing, too. OK, so maybe there aren't 500, but you'll get the point when your ball lands in one of them. Zephyr winds pop up from nowhere on the 7,252-yard par-72 course, but the lakes, waterfalls, wooden 86

AV I D Q O L F E R

bridges and those crazy white sand bunkers make Somersett a whole lot of fun.

Limp comparisons between Reno and early Las Vegas arc inevi table, though Reno, which sits at a higher altitude, offers cooler summer temperatures and a jackpot of remarkable quality at mod est costs. If casinos are your thing, head downtown and try your luck at the Pcppermill, fresh from a $400 million expansion, or beeline to the Grand Sierra Resort and its Charlie Palmer Steak,

Reno's first celebrity restaurant.

If you're into the whole locavore thing, you won't do better than lunch or dinner on the patio at Campo, on the riverfront down town. At Campo, chef-owner Mark Estee and chef Arturo Mos-

coso take rustic, Italian-American cooking to a new level, roasting whole hogs, hand-cranking salamis and sausages, rolling pastas a mano, and turning out blistery, bubbly pizzas from a wood-burningoven. For my money, Campo is the best restaurant in town.

So give yourself a break this summer. Plan a long weekend in Reno and Lake Tahoe. They'll renew your spirit without break ing your bank. And since the mountain air is lighter and thinner


(and clcaner), you'll finally hie those 340-yard drives youVe been dreaming about all winter. Even if Charles Barkley couldn't. Edgewood Tahoe Golf Course

100 Lake Pk\vy„ Stateline, NV 89449

775-588-3566, www.cdgewoodtahoc.com

mPrairie jCakes^ G

Incline Village Golf Courses 955 Fairway Blvd., Incline Village, NV 89451 775-832-2970, \%'\v\v.golfincline.com Somersett Golf and Country Club 2019 Championship Trail, Reno, NV 89523

GRAND

R

S

PRAIRIE

E •

TEXAS

3202 S.E. 14th St. • Grand Prairie, Texas 972.263.0661

775-787-1800, \\"\vw.somersettgoIfandcountryclub.com i C

Aliihiid Hiller is tinwmba'oj the Society ojAma'k'fin fhurl U^riterstindthcCiolf llrilet's'.^fssodutiofi of^-imerioi. He is trare!e/litor jorAVlDCOLl IiH. You can follou' his tntvels on Twitter: @AUkeHiller and on hscitpeHatchDiilLisxojn.

-

PRAIRIELAKESGOLF.COM*


+Reno

travel

Reno exists in the shadow of its Nevada neighbour, Las Vegas, but is well worth a visit in its own right – in a small package, it has all the goods to keep even big-city folk going for weeks.

g i b e l t t i l

city

at Opposite: Reno erra Si e th th wi , dusk ains Nevada mount ge, pa is Th . nd yo be top m fro clockwise Air l na tio Na e th left: at th n sig Races; the rs to to vis es m lco we Reno; Reno; rodeo in cy the Silver Lega a o; sin Ca Resort a hot ts ec sp in ew cr re air balloon befo going up.

24

25


travel

+Reno

L

t: The Above from lef ; the Brew Brothers on llo Ba no Great Re gacy Race; Silver Le Resort Casino. us Opposite: Circ o. sin Ca us rc Ci

26

et’s begin by getting the elephant out of the room right away: Reno is not Las Vegas, and nor does it want to be. While both towns have definitely benefited from Nevada’s lax laws on avarice and cheap electricity, Reno differs from the power-guzzling bling-bling machine of Vegas. It has moved on from being a party town reliant on gambling and quickie divorce, reinventing itself as a city teeming with vibrant arts and cultural scenes, fine restaurants and wine bars, endless sports and outdoor activities, a city packed with a multitude of different events and live performances all year round. Even better, it has gambling.

PLAY

Thanks to its location at the foothills of the snowcapped Sierra Nevada Mountains and the surrounding alpine lakes like Lake Tahoe, it’s possible in winter to snowboard in the morning and water-ski in the afternoon, experience some living history, eat like a king, and then gamble the night away. When summer rolls around, Reno has adrenaline pouring out of every pore, hosting events like the classic car convention Hot August Nights, the Street Vibrations motorcycle rally, the Great Reno Balloon Race, the Reno Rodeo, the Best in the West Nugget Rib Cookoff, and the Reno Air Races. Being something of a sports mecca, it moves from season to season without a hitch. Apart from nearby Lake Tahoe’s world-class skiing, snowboarding, snowmobiling, snowshoeing and cross-country skiing, visitors can also take advantage of white-water rafting and kayaking in the Truckee River, which passes right through downtown Reno. There are more than 50 golf courses, and endless trails for mountain biking, hiking, rock climbing and hunting, as well as skydiving and all manner of water sports on the surrounding lakes. Downtown Reno also has the highest man-made

airnewzealand.co.nz

KiaOra

climbing wall in the world, built on the side of a casino. The city is also slap-bang in the middle of historically rich cowboy country, and a few miles out of downtown is the old gold- and silver-mining town of Virginia City, a living ghost town that stands as a tribute to its Victorian-era history complete with actors in cowboy garb, old saloons, boardwalks, shops, candy stores, antique stores, museums, churches and restaurants lining its streets. It takes about 30 minutes to make the drive up through the sun-scorched landscape, and really helps put the Wild West, and the United States itself, into perspective. To fully savour Reno’s exciting urban renaissance, look no further than the Riverwalk District along the Truckee River. It’s a celebration of all the wonderful things that Reno has done to reinvent itself in the past two decades, and here you will find countless shops, bars, restaurants, lodgings, cafes, art galleries, museums and a white-water park in a safe, fun, friendly area that celebrates Reno’s arts, culture, and history all year round. It’s especially popular on the long summer nights with many bar-centric events like the Reno Santa Crawl, Super Hero Crawl, and monthly wine walks before a late-night visit to the gaming tables.

EAT

Riverwalk is also the best bet when it comes to wining and dining and the scene here is as good as anywhere in the world. You will find everything from French country cuisine to Spanish-style tapas, gourmet pizzas, Thai, sushi, and several wine bars and brew pubs; you name it, it’s here and the whole neighbourhood is abuzz with people having a good time. One place not to miss is Campo (camporeno.com), a popular casual urban-chic eatery that is jumping every night of the week. Named one of the “Best New Restaurants in America” in 2012

27


travel

+Reno

Tahoe Opposite: Lake oon. rn te af e lat e in th top: m fro t Righ ke La e ov ab g iin Sk r de lan gh Hi Tahoe; the ; Goldsmith Shop s o’ sin Ca ill Pepperm . Terrace Lounge

by Esquire magazine, the chefs use only humanely treated meats and organic, seasonal and locally sourced ingredients. For more traditional casino-style dining, check out the Pearl Oyster Bar and Grill up on the first floor of the Silver Legacy Resort Casino (silverlegacyreno.com). Here you will find a great selection of fresh seafood and a wide selection of oysters from Japan and the USA. It’s open to the sights and sounds of the casino so you should take a seat at the bar, order a dozen freshly shucked with a couple of their trademark Bloody Marys, and let the night unfold. Across the road at the Eldorado Casino is the Brew Brothers, a microbrewery that produces eight distinct beers on site (eldoradoreno.com). Named best brewpub by Nightclub & Bar magazine, they also have great comfort food in the form of steaks, pizza and the biggest tower of onion rings you’ve ever seen. It brings in a lively crowd of locals after hours for the live rock music on stage, and when the dancing stops and the band leaves the building, head across the floor to Roxy’s Lounge for some gin-based relaxation. The bar is famous for its 102 different types of Martini – the best accompaniment for lounge lizards since piano and smooth vocals.

SLEEP

Reno spent its formative years wallowing in gold prospecting and then gaming, and it would be a tragedy if you came here and didn’t enter the belly of the beast and stay in a casino resort. This is where America dresses up in all its gaudy finery and comes to life, showcasing its opulence and wealth. Casinos are never short of cash and they lavish it on their guests with grandiose designs, massive hotel rooms, bars, restaurants, an endless run of shows by topnotch performing artists, and of course the ceaseless excitement of neon lights, slot machines and dice. Downtown, the big three would have to be the Eldorado Hotel Casino, Silver Legacy and the massive Circus Circus Hotel and Casino. These places are events, not hotels, and you need to let yourself be

28

29


travel

+Reno

Clockwise from Way top right: The It Was Museum ; in Virginia City l Eldorado Hote in po m Casino; Ca ; downtown Reno o. sin Ca Peppermill

picked up by their tides of fantasy and go with the flow. They are starting to show their age, however, so if you want something a bit fresher and grander, the safe money is about 10 minutes back up the main road at the Peppermill Resort Spa Casino (peppermillreno.com). It has more than 1600 rooms and suites and is packed with restaurants, bars, marble, mirrors, swimming pools and slot machines, all wrapped in a faux Tuscan décor that – with its abundance of Italian frescoes, marble Romanesque statues, fountains and Corinthian columns – would make Liberace himself blush. Like the gold- and silver-rich hills surrounding the town that made the city’s name and filled its coffers in the first place, Reno is nothing if not resourceful. Its renaissance has turned a once-struggling city into a must-visit destination brimming with energy and excitement, and a place where people live their dreams rather than chasing them on the spin of a wheel. STORY mICHAEL tRAVERS

Contact visitrenotahoe.com

30

Reno Additional photographs Getty Images, Corbis

Air New Zealand offers non-stop flights to Los Angeles and San Francisco from Auckland, with onward connections to Reno.


OUTSIDE MAGAZINE, APRIL 2014 TUESDAY, MARCH 4, 2014

2014 Travel Awards: Best Lake By: STEPHANIE PEARSON

Winner: Lake Tahoe, California and Nevada Sitting at 6,225 feet and ringed by the Sierra Nevada, the country’s largest alpine lake (191 square miles) is freakishly perfect for just about every outdoor pursuit. It’s surrounded by 18 ski resorts, myriad hiking trails into the west-side Desolation Wilderness, the technical, 14mile-long singletrack Flume Trail on the east side, and long stretches of surprisingly solitary beaches—like famously remote Skunk Harbor—from which you can launch a kayak or sailboat or go for a swim. Lake Tahoe is also hardly a secret, but there’s a way to get your own slice of the Sierra oasis. Avoid the gambling masses at Crystal Bay on the north end and stay near Truckee at the Cedar House Sport Hotel (from $190; cedarhousesporthotel.com). The owners have plotted out new custom escapes, providing the gear, food, maps, and guide (if needed). Sample itinerary: hike 8,742-foot Martis Peak the first day; mountain-bike the Flume Trail, with a cool-down dip at Secret Beach, on day two; then wind down with a mellow kayak or stand-up paddle on day three (prices vary depending on activity). SUPers: time your trip for the Ta-Hoe Nalu Paddle Festival, August 15–17 (tahoenalu.com).

Runner-Up: Squam Lake, New Hampshire Nothing spells summer like a quiet cabin on a lake, and for that sort of leisure, it’s hard to beat 6,791-acre Squam. Base yourself at one of the 60 rustic cottages at century-old Rockywold Deephaven Camps, which offers family-style meals served in a post-and-beam dining hall, tennis on clay courts, a four-mile out-the-back-door hike up 1,260-foot West Rattlesnake Mountain, and kayak, canoe, Sunfish, and rowboat rentals (from $3,160 per week; rdcsquam.com). For an overview of the Lakes Region, try the new inn-to-inn bike tours along the 59-mile Northern Rail Trail, which stretches from Lebanon to Boscawen (prices vary;bikethenorthernrailtrail.com). No matter how you choose to tackle Squam, your evening entertainment consists of deciphering loon calls.


Winter Olympics-Inspired Travel You can watch the Winter Games on television, but it's easier than you'd think to experience the thrill of victory firsthand at one of these sporty cities. By Maridel Reyes 1/27/2014

The Olympics bring out the flag-waving, Team USA-cheering amateur athlete in almost everyone. Sure, you can watch the Winter Games on television, but it's easier than you'd think to experience the thrill of victory firsthand at one of these sporty cities. Bobsled ride, anyone?

Speed Skating in Milwaukee Game Plan: Pettit National Ice Center is the indoor oval where athletes prepared for this year's Winter Games in Sochi. Every single U.S. speed skater from the last five Olympic Winter Games has competed or trained at the Pettit Center, which also offers public skating every day. Break Time: Built in 1893, the historic Pfister Hotel (thepfisterhotel.com, from $139), located in downtown Milwaukee, is known for its old-world touches, including soaring painted ceilings and an impressive Victorian art collection. For something completely different, The Iron Horse Hotel (theironhorsehotel.com, from $179) is an industrial-cool boutique lodging with 100 loft-style rooms in a converted mattress factory. It attracts everyone from families to business travelers to motorcycle enthusiasts (the Harley-Davidson Museum is nearby).

Bobsledding in Salt Lake City Game Plan: Salt Lake City and nearby resorts hosted the Winter Games back in 2002, and today daredevils can make a reservation for a Comet Bobsled ride ($200 per person, ages 16 and up) at Utah Olympic Park. (Don't worry, a professional will be driving.) In less than 60 seconds, you'll rip through 15 turns, reach top speeds of about 80 miles per hour and experience up to 5 g's of force. The not-so-brave can head to the Joe Quinney Winter Sports Center for complimentary admission to the Alf Engen Ski


Museum and Eccles 2002 Olympic Winter Games Museum. The former highlights the history of skiing and features a virtual-reality ski theater that mimics what it feels like to "ride" over Mount Superior in Little Cottonwood Canyon, while the latter provides an up-close look at costumes and props from the 2002 opening ceremony as well as gear used by athletes. Break Time: Most rooms at the Newpark Resort & Hotel (newparkresort.com, from $319) have a private hot tub on the balcony, heated bathroom floors and a fully stocked kitchen. Spread out at the wellappointed (stainless steel appliances, a fireplace and a washer-dryer in each unit), spacious Jupiter Inn condos (pclodge.com/properties-park-city-lodging/jupiter-inn-park-city, from $215 for a one-bedroom that sleeps four).

Hockey in Lake Placid, New York Game Plan: Lake Placid hosted the Winter Games in 1932 and 1980, so your first stop should be the Lake Placid Olympic Museum, featuring the largest collection of Winter Olympics artifacts outside the International Olympic Committee's museum, including medals, torches, posters and mascots. Next, tour the Olympic Center, site of the legendary 1980 "Miracle on Ice" hockey game in which underdog America defeated the Soviets. The venue offers public skating sessions, concerts, hockey tournaments and figure skating championships. At the Olympic Sports Complex, thrill-seekers shoot down the combined bobsled, luge and skeleton track year-round. Skiers and snowboarders of all ages can hit the powder at Whiteface Mountain in Wilmington, the same slopes that hosted racing competitions during the games. Break Time: At the family-owned Wildwood on the Lake (wildwoodmotel.com, from $88) most rooms have a private deck or patio with a water view. If you prefer to be in the center of the action, the Crowne Plaza Resort & Golf Club (lakeplacidcp.com, from $109) features breathtaking views of the lake and Whiteface Mountain.

Ski Jump in Calgary, Alberta Game Plan: At Calgary's Canada Olympic Park, site of the 1988 Olympics, athletes train at the Ski Jump Tower year-round. While you can't practice there, the family can explore the park's cross-country skiing trails, with varied terrain suitable for all levels. If you'd rather stay indoors, Canada's Sports Hall of Fame, also in the park, has 12 galleries with more than 50 interactive exhibits and a collection of 95,000 sports artifacts. The Olympic and Paralympic Games Gallery profiles the three times Canada has hosted the Olympic Games: 1976, 1988 and 2010. Break Time: The Best Western Premier Freeport Inn & Suites (bestwesterncalgary.com, from $138) boasts an indoor pool and water slide, while the Lakeview Signature Inn (lakeviewsignatureinn.com, from $172) offers a wow-worthy amenity—a personal grocery shopper.

Snowboarding in Vancouver, British Columbia Game Plan: Carve serious powder on Cypress Mountain, the same spot where freestyle skiing and snowboarding events were held during the 2010 Winter Games. Even the unathletic can feel like winners at BC Sports Hall of Fame's Vancouver 2010 Gallery, where visitors can stand on an actual medal ceremony podium and strike the ultimate Instagram-worthy pose. Don't forget to peek into BC Place, the stadium where the opening and closing ceremonies were held. Break Time: Nestled in a quiet residential street in downtown Vancouver just three blocks from the water taxi, the Sunset Inn & Suites (sunsetinn.com, from $85) features a fully equipped kitchen in each room and free continental breakfast. Watch seaplanes take off and land from most hotel room windows at the Fairmont Pacific Rim (fairmont.com/pacific-rim-vancouver, from $343).


Skiing in Lake Tahoe, California Game Plan: Flanked by rugged mountain terrain and home to 12 major ski resorts (the largest concentration in the country), Tahoe is a year-round draw. Squaw Valley's new SnoVentures Activity Zone has mini snowmobiles for kids ages 6 to 12 and tubing for all. Since the lake never freezes over, you can also kayak; Tahoe Eco Sports offers guided tours ($90) for beginners and rental gear for experienced paddlers. Break Time: Don't let the retro sign outside the Paradice Motel (paradicemoteltahoe.com, from $118) deter you—the rooms are comfy and cozy. The ski-in, ski-out condos at Red Wolf Lodge at Squaw Valley (redwolfsquaw.com, from $229 for a studio that sleeps four) are steps from Squaw Village's slopes, shops and restaurants. Originally published in the March 2014 issue of Family Circle magazine.



United States January 10, 2014

Things to Do in Lake Tahoe Tucked between California and Nevada, Lake Tahoe has it all. On the North Shore enjoy world-class skiing; in South Tahoe try your luck at a casino. By the time this trip’s over, everyone’s happy.

Royal Gorge Cross Country Ski Resort Hit the slopes at Royal Gorge Cross Country Ski Resort. With 65 trails, and 121 miles of skiable terrain, the property is the largest cross-country ski resort in all of North America. Find it in Soda Springs, CA, roughly 45 minutes from Lake Tahoe.

MontBleu Resort Casino & Spa For a little gambling fun, head to MontBleu Resort Casino & Spa. Nestled on the Nevada side of South Lake Tahoe, the resort doubles as a casino and health spa, where you can indulge in saunas, whirlpools and eucalyptus steam rooms. The resort is also a great place to catch a live show

Diamond Peak Ski Resort


Diamond Peak Ski Resort Find more epic views of Lake Tahoe at Diamond Peak. The resort, on the north shore of Lake Tahoe, boasts family-friendly packages that won't break the bank: Families can save on rental equipment, transfer season passes from other ski resorts at a discounted rate and, for the adults, enjoy wine or craft beers paired with appetizers. Slopes range from mild to extreme.

Paddle Boarding on Lake Tahoe Come summer, rent a stand up paddleboard and paddle around the perimeter of Lake Tahoe. You’ll get in some good exercise: The lake is the 27th largest lake (by volume) in the world, with a perimeter that stretches 72 miles long.


Burger Me Grab a burger and onion rings at Burger Me. This family-owned-and-operated burger joint in nearby Truckee, CA, serves everything fresh and made to order. Hearty options include the “Dirty Bird� (made with 5-oz. free-range chicken) and a good ole hamburger, except this one grass-fed, with no antibiotics. Fast food just got a little healthier.

Hiking (Tahoe Rim Trail) Lace up your boots for a hike along Tahoe Rim Trail, a 165-mile-long hiking trail that forms a loop around Lake Tahoe. Other great hikes include Bayview Trail, a 4- to 5-mile-long trail for experienced hikers, southwest of Lake Tahoe; and Eagle Falls Trail, a family-friendly, 1.5-mile hike in Tahoma, CA, located right by Lake Tahoe.


Vikingsholm Find this 38-room mansion on the shore of Emerald Bay in South Lake Tahoe. Built in 1929, Vikingsholm is one of the best examples of Scandinavian architecture not just in America but in the entire Western Hemisphere; among its striking features are round granite boulders fixed in mortar, something commonly found in stone churches and castles built in the 11th century in southern Sweden.

Resort at Squaw Creek The kids will love the Resort at Squaw Creek. This luxury ski resort in Lake Tahoe offers a host of family activities, from snowshoeing and sledding to ice skating in the resort’s outdoor exhibition rink, where you’ll find the Sierra Nevada mountain range just beyond. Ask about Mountain Buddies, a supervised outdoors program for kids 4 to 12.


Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe Bed down for the night at Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe Resort. With a spa, casino and 500 feet of private lakefront beach, this AAA Four Diamond-property is on the pricier side, but if it’s alpine lodge luxury you seek, you’ll find it here. The 421 guestrooms, including 24 lakeside cottages, come decorated with natural pine, distressed wood and leather furnishings.

Franciscan Lakeside Lodge For something a bit more on the budget-friendly side, try the Franciscan Lakeside Lodge. Located on Lake Tahoe’s north shore, the property is home to lakefront and lakeside cottages, in a relaxed setting. Stroll along the nearby beach and take in the Tahoe sunset, or kick back in an Adirondack chair on your very own deck or porch.

Homewood Mountain Ski Resort Enjoy ski runs with epic views of Lake Tahoe at Homewood Mountain Ski Resort. This ski area, on the west shore of Lake Tahoe, comprises 1,260 acres of skiable terrain and 8 lifts. Among


Homewood’s 64 runs, experienced skiers will want to try “Rainbow Ridge” -- at 2 miles long, it’s the resort’s longest run.

Emerald Bay Located on the southwest corner of Lake Tahoe, Emerald Bay State Park features the Scandinavian-style Vikingsholm mansion; California’s first underwater shipwreck park (scuba-dive to see this final resting place of many boats, launches and barges, used in the lake before the turn of the century); and Fannette Island, the only island in all of Lake Tahoe. Get here by boat; spots 6 and 21 are the best places to dock.

Gar Woods Grill and Pier Dig into the daily seafood special at Gar Woods Grill and Pier. The waterfront restaurant, nestled in Carnelian Bay in North Lake Tahoe, features a menu of hand-cut steaks, fresh Pacific seafood and the famous “Wet Woody” (ask the waiter). The restaurant’s large deck and balconies, meanwhile, offer great views of Lake Tahoe and the Sierras.


M.S. Dixie Sunset Cruise On the Nevada side of the river, hop aboard the 520-passenger, M.S. Dixie II -- the largest cruising vessel in South Lake Tahoe that’s been voted the “Best Cruise in Nevada” by localNevada Magazine. In North Lake Tahoe, hop aboard Tahoe Gal for a leisurely ride to Emerald Bay.


15 lesser-known ski resorts to check out this winter By Tamara Hinson, for CNN updated 10:03 PM EST, Mon December 2, 2013

Sugar Bowl, Lake Tahoe, California Sugar Bowl already has some of America's best tree runs, but this winter several developments are set to transform the area. A new chairlift will provide advanced skiers with easy access to the challenging Crow's Face and Strawberry Fields areas, previously reached only by hiking. The new lift will also connect Sugar Bowl to the largest cross-country ski resort in North America, Royal Gorge. Sugar Bowl's Lodge is one of the coziest hotels you'll find in a ski resort and is accessed via gondola. Sugar Bowl, Lake Tahoe, California; +1 530 426 9000 Truckee Donner Lodge, 10527 Cold Stream Rd, Truckee, California; 530-582-9999; from $99 per room per night




A Reno Neighborhood Drinks in Style October 15, 2013

As Nevada’s second city, Reno was once a boomtown of gambling, vice and quickie divorces. The city struggled as tribal casinos proliferated in neighboring California in the last decade, sapping the demand for just-across-state-lines slot machines and blackjack tables. Never as cosmopolitan as its “Biggest Little City” motto suggests, Reno has long had a night life dominated by second-rate casinos, strip clubs and the diviest of dive bars. Those days, however, are disappearing. Nowhere is that change more apparent than in the Midtown District, a modest neighborhood south of downtown where a half-dozen new lounges, gastro pubs, craft breweries and cocktail bars have recently opened. In a city notorious for wicked night life, this generation of businesses represents a continuation of a boozy after-dark tradition and a break from Reno’s seedy past. This Midtown, as such, has existed for only a handful of years. Previously, the district was known as the Bungalow District for its many small Craftsman homes. But the area, like Reno itself, battled a sleazy reputation. The making of this new Midtown was the work of the small-business owners behind Midtown District Reno (midtowndistrictreno.com) — vintage boutique, hardware store and tattoo parlor owners. Another


group, the Creative Coalition of Midtown (creativecoalitionreno.com), was started this year to host events and bolster the area’s creative community. “It has taken off,” said Amber Solorzano, a 31-yearold artist and coalition co-founder. “We saw a hole, with the Midtown growing so fast and it becoming a place where people want to be, where people want to live, where people want to come to hang out.” At the top of Midtown and one block east of the area’s main artery, South Virginia Street, three-year-old Old Granite Street Eatery (243 South Sierra Street; 775-622-3222; oldgranitestreeteatery.com) is an advantageous starting point for an evening out. The weekday happy hour includes the restaurant’s entire list of craft beers, a well-considered selection of wines by the glass and a menu of satisfying threefor-$10 small plates.

Brasserie Saint James (901 South Center Street; 775-348-8888; brasseriesaintjames.com) opened in a nearby historic building in 2012. Its massive, high-ceilinged interior has been converted into a microbrewery with a roof deck that’s hard to resist on a clear desert night. On first glance, Craft Wine and Beer (22 Martin Street; 775-622-4333; craftreno.net) is, in essence, a glorified liquor store. With a 9 p.m. closing time, a bedroom-size walk-in beer refrigerator and wooden bins of wine from around the world, Craft is more bottle shop than bar. But this being Nevada, the usual rules don’t apply, and this shop is actually both. It has a small selection of wine and beer that is served at a bar alongside the checkout counter, but the staff will also pop whatever you buy — on tap or not — and welcome you to drink there. For something stronger, walk south to Chapel Tavern (1099 South Virginia Street; 775-324-2244; chapeltavern.com). There’s a lively pool table and a D.J. station for late nights, but more than anything, Chapel is an enthusiast’s cocktail bar. Ask the bartender to make you a drink, and he’ll likely pull out a ladder to hit shelves stocked floor to ceiling with obscure bottles. A bit more affected, Death and Taxes (26 Cheney Street; 775-324-2630) is the newest project by the owner of the popular Midtown Eats restaurant. In the speakeasy model, the bar is dark, with elaborate chandeliers and superb drinks — and the stiff prices and aloof service to match. Reno Public House (33 St. Lawrence Avenue; 775-657-8449; renopublichouse.com), by contrast, is what a neighborhood pub should be: it welcomes young and old, hip and passé alike, and the bartender will offer tastings of anything on the long, reasonably priced tap list.

After a long night out, go for the dauntingly large platters of huevos rancheros or chiles rellenos at Peg’s Glorified Ham n Eggs (420 South Sierra Street; 775-329-2600; eatatpegs.com) or the potent houseroasted coffee at Hub Coffee Roasters (32 Cheney Street; 775-323-3482; hubcoffeeroasters.com). Reno is now a city of sustenance as well as indulgence.


The weeks leading up to the inaugural Ironman Lake Tahoe were filled with discussion about how difficult the new course would be on the athletes, but the final hours focused solely on the weather conditions. Saturday’s weather in Lake Tahoe featured frigid winds, rain and then snow. The temperature stayed in the low 30s throughout the night, making many athletes nervous about staying warm out of the water and onto the bike for Sunday’s race. Race organisers made the decision Sunday morning to let the swim, bike and run take place as planned. Though the morning was chilly, conditions were better than Saturday and the temperature reached the mid60s. In the end it was Australia’s Chris McDonald and Sweden’s Asa Lundstrom who claimed the well-earned victories. The Men’s Race France’s Romain Guillaume led the men out of the water and into the frigid air with a time of 51:36. Joe Gambles (AUS), Paul Ambrose (GBR), Maik Twelsiek (GER) and Matt Lieto (USA) followed him closely into transition. T1 was unique for an Ironman as even the top pros took their time to ensure that they were properly dressed for the temperatures on the bike. The top men all spent well over four minutes in the transition before taking on the 112-mile bike course. Through the first quarter of the bike, Gambles led the way for a group that included Twelsiek, Lieto and Guillaume. Ambrose, who was originally part of that group, struggled to keep pace and eventually dropped out, citing trouble breathing on the bike as the reason. Eventually, Twelsiek made the decision to break away from the others and had a gap of 1:25 at mile 50. The German held a 90-second lead over Mcdonald and a 6:24 lead over Gambles coming off of the bike. Twelsiek managed to maintain the gap through the first 10 miles of the marathon, but eventually he faded and opened the door for a steady-running McDonald. By mile 14, Twelsiek’s lead stood at only 12 seconds as McDonald was preparing to make the pass. The Australian, known as “Big Sexy” in the triathlon community, took the top spot and didn’t look back. He capped his day off with a 2:59:40 marathon to take the 8:55:14 victory. Despite losing the lead to McDonald, Twelsiek was able to regain some momentum and held on to second position, finishing in 8:57:53. Gambles earned the final podium spot in 9:02:55.


The Women’s Race American Dede Griesbauer celebrated her birthday by exiting the swim in first position in a time of 55:12. The conditions showed in the rest of the women’s swim times, with no other pro exiting the water in under one hour. It was Catriona Morrison who was second out of the swim (1:00:02). Like the men, the women took a significant amount of time in transition before starting the tough bike ride. Griesbauer maintained her position at the front for the first 25 miles, but was being chased by a fast-riding Lundstrom. By mile 41, Lundstrom took over the top spot and held a lead of two minutes over Morrison, with Griesbauer 3:22 back and Angela Naeth (CAN) 4:15 back. Coming into T2, Lundstrom’s lead stood at 1:43 over an even faster riding Jeanne Collonge (FRA). Third into transition was Naeth, who is also known for her strong cycling skills. Lundstrom struggled to find a solid pace early in the marathon and Collonge overtook her within the first few miles. As both Collonge and Lundstrom maintained steady paces in first and second, respectively, Morrison was running the strongest, but with a significant deficit to make up on the faster cyclists. As the three neared the finish line it became evident that Morrison wouldn’t be able to catch the two leaders. It also became clear that Collonge did not have the victory wrapped up. It rarely happens in Ironman that a leader will surrender the lead on the marathon and then get it back, but that’s exactly what happened. As Collonge started her last mile, Lundstrom passed her and excelled to the finish line to earn the Ironman victory. Collonge finished in second, 50 seconds back. Morrison rounded out the top three at 10:03:38. Ironman Lake Tahoe Results Top 5 Men 1. Chris McDonald (AUS) 8:55:14 2. Maik Twelsiek (GER) 8:57:53 3. Joe Gambles (AUS) 9:02:55 4. Kirill Kotsegarov (EST) 9:04:39 5. Kevin Taddonio (USA) 9:09:09 Top 5 Women 1. Asa Lundstrom (SWE) 9:58:53 2. Jeanne Collonge (FRA) 9:59:43 3. Catriona Morrison (SCO) 10:03:38 4. Elizabeth Lyles (USA) 10:08:41 5. Angela Naeth (CAN) 10:10:47


North Lake Tahoe Hosts 'Ironman' By Ky Plaskon (Sacramento, CA) Friday, September 20, 2013

Hundreds of Ironman triathletes swim at Lake Tahoe’s Kings Beach every morning. Will Grant has been here six weeks and spent a lot of money. “I will probably spend by the time I leave here, $3,00 to $4,000, easy,” Grant says. Some 12,000 people are expected to spend $12 million in one week. Andy Chapman of the North Lake Tahoe Resort Association says the money has been rolling in all summer. “I call it the lycra factor. The lycra factor has exploded, you see them on the road all day long,” Chapman says. Behind the scenes, 3,000 volunteers prepare backpacks, bike racks, tents and provide general athlete support. Ironman Director Keats McGonigal says the race takes community endurance too.

“Keeping people excited year after year when there is traffic impacts and some of the other things that happen on race day can sometimes be a challenge,” McGonigal says. The Ironman has a 5 year contract at Tahoe, but McGonigal says most host communities keep the race coming back for more than a decade.


2. Where to Eat

Campo is one of the city's most celebrated restaurants. (Photo: Courtesy of Campo)

Make your own eclectic meal at the West Street Market, which offers outdoor communal seating and several restaurants to choose from. Bowl serves all of its dishes—kale salad, Moroccan meatballs, paella— in bowls ($12–$18), while Z Pie offers gourmet pot pies ($6.75–$7.95) stuffed with everything from Italian sausage to Thai chicken. No matter what your preference, this is an ideal option for dinner after the monthly Reno Wine Walk, which allows you to sample wines from more than a dozen merchants for $20. Taste the city's most lauded Italian food at Campo, housed in one of the riverside condo buildings anchoring the fast-improving downtown district. After earning a spot on Esquire’s 2012 list of best new restaurants, this popular spot continues to impress with its handmade pastas and wood-fired pizzas (made in an oven imported from Italy), including the Bee Sting ($15), which is topped with salami, Serrano peppers, and honey. The kitchen also turns whole hogs into all types of charcuterie, some of which is bound to show up in the four-course chef’s tasting menu ($50). Tap into the local craft-beer scene at Brasserie Saint James, a brewpub in the burgeoning Midtown district. Choose from a selection of house-brewed varieties and imported bottles to pair with hearty plates of duck cassoulet ($18) or braised pork shoulder ($16). Reno averages 300 days of sunshine a year, which you can take advantage of with an outdoor meal in the beer garden or on the rooftop deck.



Lake Tahoe Ironman Triathlon draws thousands to NorCal Event expected to bring $8M to $10M to region UPDATED 9:17 PM PDT Sep 18, 2013

TRUCKEE, Calif. (KCRA) —On Sunday, more than 2,500 athletes will stand in the sand of Lake Tahoe's north shore, feeling the cool chill in the air, ready to swim the frigid waters to start one of the most grueling endurance events known – the Lake Tahoe Ironman Triathlon.

The race will include a 2.4-mile swim starting at the Kings Beach State Recreation Area, a 112-mile bike ride and a full marathon. The start Once the gun sounds, the athletes will enter the water, swimming two full laps around the buoyed course.


Then, they exit the swim and complete a lakeside transition to the 112-mile bike course, which covers the Resort triangle. It takes riders to Tahoe City, through the Truckee River corridor, following the Truckee River past Squaw Valley and into the town of Truckee. Next, the course turns south back toward the lake, rolling past NorthStar California and starting the climb to Brockway Summit, a 7,200-foot elevation. The athletes then transition from the 112-mile ride to run a marathon, winding 26.2 miles along the Truckee River. Those three events are raced in that order and without a break. The event ends at Squaw Valley, home to the 1960 Winter Olympics. Local impact Officials announced the Tahoe Ironman a year ago. The event sold out within 18 hours. The North Lake Tahoe Resort Association expects 10,000 fans to watch the all-day race. The Tahoe region signed a five-year deal to host the Ironman. "Like paddleboarding, kayaking, hiking, biking and of course, skiing, this event is part of the Tahoe area's brand," Chief Marketing Officer Andy Chapman said. "We’ve been working on bringing this event here for two years." The north shore is expecting a huge economic impact. "We are thinking $8 (million) to $10 million alone this weekend," Chapman told KCRA 3. Squaw Resort CEO Andrew Wirth said the event is boosting the local economy during a time that is typically slow. "It creates a huge economic boost, particularly this time of year," Wirth said. "Late September, early October, the interest in the area drops off." The region is reporting a 40 percent increase in hotel rentals, compared to a year ago. Local restaurants and businesses also hope to cash in. "We are ready for it. We are opening a little early for the bloody mary crowd," said Tom Ballou, of the Bar of America in Truckee. "A lot of people have been talking it up. These sports events are a new twist to the area, rather than skiing or water sports." Ironman road closures According to the state Department of Transportation, closures will include: - Northbound Highway 89 from Fairway Drive in Tahoe City to Squaw Valley Road, from 7 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. - Southbound Highway 267 from Northstar Boulevard to Kingswood/Commonwealth Drive in Kings Beach, from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. - Both directions of Highway 28 in Kings Beach, from Fox Street to the Highway 267 intersection, from 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m.


- Eastbound Interstate 80 offramp to highways 267/89 and the Highway 89 onramp to westbound I-80, from 6:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Access to residential streets from those listed highways will be closed at several locations, as well. Detours will be available. Caltrans officials advised motorists to drive with caution through the course areas that are open, and to allow for additional travel time.

Read more: http://www.kcra.com/news/local-news/news-sierra/lake-tahoe-ironman-triathlon-draws-thousands-tonorcal/-/12970852/22012038/-/11peuo7z/-/index.html#ixzz2ke2wyzPwÂ




Course Recon: Ironman Lake Tahoe

1 of 3

http://triathlon.competitor.com/2013/08/photos/course-recon-ironman-lak...

By Susan Lacke Published Aug 15, 2013 Updated Aug 16, 2013 at 12:45 PM UTC 1 of 16 Back to Start

“The Ironman Tahoe swim course is incredibly scenic, with some of the clearest water in the world. You can literally see the bottom in 70 feet of water,” says Truckee resident and Boost Swimming coach Jeff Pearson. The swim, which starts and finishes on Kings Beach, is expected to be between 65 and 70 degrees Fahrenheit on race day.

If the scenery doesn’t take your breath away, the hills and altitude will. Excitement and curiosity has reached a boiling point since World Triathlon Corporation’s announcement of the inaugural Ironman Lake Tahoe. In addition to selling out within 24 hours of opening, social media and triathlon forums have been abuzz with speculation about the difficulty of the course and challenges with altitude.

10/25/2013 12:53 PM


Course Recon: Ironman Lake Tahoe

2 of 3

http://triathlon.competitor.com/2013/08/photos/course-recon-ironman-lak...

At 6,000 feet, the race boasts the highest starting altitude of any Ironman with plenty of climbing, it may also earn the title of “toughest” Ironman. Triathlete was recently allowed full access to the course, including the closed-off Martis Camp portion of the bike route, as part of a course recon. The 2013 event is set for Sept. 22. Photos: Susan Lacke

Triathlete.com Poll: Would You Race At Ironman Lake Tahoe? Ironman Lake Tahoe Sees 20% DNF Rate Chris McDonald, Asa Lundstrom Win On Chilly Day In Lake Tahoe Tour Guide: North Lake Tahoe

FILED UNDER: Photos / Race Coverage TAGS: Ironman Lake Tahoe

Also Recommended

Gallery: Life During Ironman Week

Gallery: Linsey Corbin Sunday Energy Lab Workout

Man Dies At Pumpkinman Triathlon In Nevada

The Most Important Run Workouts For Triathletes Recommended by

Competitor Group Brands + © 2013 Competitor Group, Inc. Privacy Policy Contact Us Careers Media Kit

10/25/2013 12:53 PM


With summer waning, we thought we’d turn our attention away from the ocean and over to the underappreciated lake. Maybe it’s for a late August getaway or an early fall weekend trip, but either way, Vogue.com found eight stunning spots to relax by North America’s prettiest swimming holes.



JULY 2013 YOUR COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Cultural Heritage

Exploring Alaska Native Traditions

AMERICA’S CUP CHALLENGE • CRAFT BREWING • HAWAIIAN CULTURAL SITES • GREAT ESCAPES

ALASKA AIRLINES MAGAZINE

6/14/13 3:23 PM

AAM 07.13 Covers.indd 1

JULY 2013


JORG HACKEMANN / SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

C

umulus clouds dot the sky above as I enjoy an early summer stroll along Reno’s Raymond I. Smith Truckee River Walk. This city’s reputation may be based on neon and nightlife, but there is a more subtle side to the high-desert Northern Nevada metropolis that I love to explore, including a visit to this pleasant walking park that runs along the Truckee River corridor and features galleries, hotels, restaurants and shops. The riverwalk district is one of the hidden gems of this city that is known for its warm hospitality, natural beauty and endless supply of recreational opportunities. For instance, in the spring, you can enjoy a round of golf in Reno and minutes later be swooshing down the ski slopes at a nearby Lake Tahoe area resort, such as Alpine Meadows or Squaw Valley. Four distinct seasons and an average of more than 300 days of sunshine per year make the Reno–Lake Tahoe area an ideal location in which to live, work and play. Long known as “The Biggest Little City in the World,” Reno continues to grow, now boasting a population of about 230,000. The famous moniker, which is depicted in neon lights in an arch By Mikalee Byerman over Virginia Street in Reno’s downtown, accurately describes the city’s unique combination of big-time fun and small-town charm. However, Reno is also changing in a number of ways. Sure, the city center still bustles with activity from hotels and casinos. But reinvention is the new focus for Reno, as the city accentuates its distinctive arts scene, a growing number of excellent restaurants, and abundant outdoor fun, including many family activities.

Enjoying

Reno and Lake Tahoe Attractions abound in this vibrant area

128

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 128

JULY 2013

ALASKA AIRLINES MAGAZINE

6/18/13 9:54 AM


Nature’s Playground

This iconic neon arch

features the City of Despite its desert location, Reno enjoys Reno's longtime motto. plenty of water activities, with the Truckee River running through the heart of the city. A paddlewheel boat plies the waters of Considering the Truckee’s location in Emerald Bay during a Reno, it’s perhaps no surprise that the river cruise on Lake Tahoe. provides a wonderland for water lovers. The Truckee River Whitewater Park, at downtown Reno’s Wingfield Park, attracts many kayakers during the summer months. My family and I often come here to marvel at the amazing maneuvers and stunts on display at the park’s racing course and 11 pools. Water—1 billion gallons of it, to be precise—is also the main draw at the Sparks Marina, a 77-acre lake in Sparks (Reno’s sister city) that is located about five miles east of Whitewater Park. The lake draws fishing enthusiasts, windsurfers, sailors and swimmers. For those who prefer water hazards to windsurfing, there are dozens of quality golf courses, all within a short drive of Reno. One local favorite is the LakeRidge Golf Course, a championship layout located less than five miles south of Reno’s downtown. Designed by Robert Trent Jones Sr., LakeRidge features water on

ANDREW ZARIVNY / SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

One of my brood’s favorite events is the Artown festival in July. The monthlong celebration is in its 18th year and boasts more than 500 events that include art, dance, music, theater, visual arts and more. The Artown festival takes place in venues all over the city and is the centerpiece of a busy summer season. Another highlight is the Hot August Nights festival, which cruises into town August 6–11. One of the premier classic-car festivals in the world, it draws hundreds of thousands of spectators to watch a parade of mint-condition classic rides, enjoy top entertainers from the 1950s, ’60s and ’70s, and take part in many activities, including a series of classic-car auctions. Rancho San Rafael Regional Park in northern Reno will be the scene of The Great Reno Balloon Race, September 6–8. Nearly 100 hot-air balloons fill the skies and race in various competitions for a total of $12,000 in prizes. The same weekend as the balloon race, historic Virginia City, located 26 miles south of Reno, will be hosting races of a different kind: the International Camel Races. That’s right—camel races. Rookie riders straddle these gangly ungulates and traverse the desert landscape, urged on by cheers and chortles from the audience.

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 129

6/18/13 9:54 AM


TOPSELLER / SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

11 holes and is best known for the par-3 15th hole. Golfers stand on a tee box set atop a rocky ridge 140 feet above a pond and aim at an island green guarded by trees and bunkers. Beyond the events and outdoor activities, Reno is also gaining a reputation as a center for new and innovative restaurants. Favorite locations include the trendy SoDo Restaurant and Bar (creative American cuisine), Fuego (mouthwatering Latin tapas), Crème Cafe (divine crepes) and its sister restaurant Süp (unique soups and sandwiches). Campo is one of the stars of the nouveau-dining landscape. Owned by James Beard “Best Chef in the West” nominee Mark Estee, the restaurant is known for its use of organic produce and ingredients grown by local farms. A great way to take part in the area’s expanding food scene is to attend the weeklong gastronomic celebration Reno Bites, October 21–27. The event will include about 30 of the city’s restaurants and celebrate all things culinary—from food trucks to chef competitions and more.

Nearly 100 colorful west. We drive out of Carson City and and creative hot-air turn west onto Highway 50 to begin the balloons will fill area 16-mile climb to Lake Tahoe, leaving skies during the annual sage-brushed valleys behind and welcom- Great Reno Balloon Race, September 6–8. ing tall-timbered mountains. After one last sweeping highway curve, we see the The 41st-annual Lake majestic lake beyond. Tahoe Shakespeare Festival will perform at “Wow,” my 10-year-old daughter Sand Harbor State Park exclaims from the backseat during a this July and August. recent trip. “It’s absolutely gorgeous.” My family members aren’t the only ones amazed by Lake Tahoe’s splendor. Its unique beauty and sheer scale continue to enchant people from near and far. A few weeks after my family getaway to the lake, I’m sitting on

Tranquil Treasure

ALASKA AIRLINES MAGAZINE

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 131

JULY 2013

JOY STROTZ

For those interested in venturing outside Reno, one of the area’s most famous attractions is Lake Tahoe, the second-largest alpine lake in the world. This natural wonder also happens to be a favorite destination for our family trips. Leaving Reno, we travel 30 miles south to Carson City, where we visit the silver-domed State Capitol, the depot of the historic Virginia & Truckee Railroad, and even see a group of hang gliders descending from the Sierra Nevada to the 131

6/18/13 9:54 AM


Juneau the back deck of the Lone Eagle Grille at the Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe Resort, Spa and Casino on the lake’s North Shore. I’m talking with visitor Lynn Boyd about what attracts her to Lake Tahoe. As we discuss the area, I enjoy the crisp mountain air and the delightful scent of pine on the breeze. The property is tucked into a forested area where all views are aptly oriented toward the lake. “I come here because of this,” says the Dallas, Texas, native as she gestures toward the lake’s blue-green waters that sparkle in the seemingly constant sunshine. “The mountains, the tranquility, the accommodations—this is the ideal vacation spot,” says Boyd, who, along with her husband, Mark, frequently stays at Lake Tahoe. The Texas couple enjoys the many contrasting identities of the lake, which straddles the Nevada-California border. At the north end of the lake—home to quiet, charming communities such as Incline Village that emphasize the spectacular surroundings—the Boyds enjoy picnics, hikes and the local restaurant scene. To the south, which boasts a more vibrant gaming and entertainment atmosphere, they’re regulars at Heavenly Mountain Resort, one of many ski areas offering shopping and year-round attractions. They also enjoy the sunset dinner-and-dance cruises aboard the MS Dixie II, a paddlewheel boat that explores the suitably named verdant waters of Emerald Bay. “There’s so much to do, year-round,” Boyd says. “We’ve been all the way around this lake so many times, I can’t even tell you. And we just keep coming back.”

HERITAGE COFFEE ROASTING CO.

Of the

JUNEAU, ALASKA

Fresh roasted since 1974 Daily Roasterie Tours

CAFE LOCATIONS DOWNTOWN

No Chance of that Here! Authentic Alaskan Gold

174 S. Franklin St / 216 2nd St

VALLEY Lemon Creek / Airport Center Glacier Cafe

Coffee gifts with an Alaskan twist ESPRESSO - PASTRIES - LUNCH

The Gold Rush is on at

Tahoe’s Many Activities As the Boyds have discovered, there are numerous ways to explore this lake. While drivers can follow a scenic roadway that circles the lake, hikers and mountain bikers often choose the 165-mile Tahoe Rim Trail. This spectacular route meanders along peaks and through small canyons, providing frequent soaring, bird’s-eye views of the lake. A less strenuous way to enjoy a breathtaking view of the lake and surrounding area is to ride the gondola up Heavenly

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 133

GELATO - ALASKAN GIFTS

907.586.1088

Visit the web store

HERITAGECOFFEE.COM

ESTABLISHED 1 9 5 4 JUNEAU ALASKA

Juneau’s Neighborhood Jeweler

Find us by the corner clock in Historic Downtown Juneau JewelBoxAlaska.com 907.586.2604

6/18/13 12:40 PM


Practice makes perfect ... Smiles!

Mountain to the observation deck at the 9,100-foot elevation level. Tahoe is also known as a great golf getaway. More than a dozen layouts overlook or

Dr. Baird and his experienced staff design perfect smiles, offering:

When You Go

t More than 30 years of experience. Dr. Baird is one of the pioneers in cosmetic procedures, including full mouth reconstruction.

STAY Atlantis Casino Resort Spa: 3800 S. Virginia St., Reno; 800-723-6500; atlantiscasino.com. Reno’s luxury concierge tower hotel features an award-winning spa. Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe Resort, Spa and Casino: 111 Country Club Drive, Incline Village; 775-832-1234; laketahoe.hyatt.com. Located in northern Lake Tahoe, the resort offers spa services and private cruises. MontBleu Resort Casino & Spa: 55 Highway 50 S., Lake Tahoe; 888-829-7630; montbleuresort.com. Located on Lake Tahoe’s southern shores, the resort is known for offering top entertainment. Peppermill Resort Spa Casino: 2707 S. Virginia St., Reno; 775-826-2121; peppermillreno.com. The downtown resort features the Spa Toscana.

t Complimentary “Trial Smile” service which allows patients to try on a newer, fresher smile with a simple temporary procedure, if you mention Alaska Airlines Magazine. t Towncar service for full smile makeovers. t Convenient downtown Bellevue location with easy access from Sea-Tac and downtown Seattle.

David L. Baird, DDS 1100 106th Avenue NE | Bellevue, WA 98004 425.455.0799 | www.dlbaird.com

DINE Bite American Tapas: 907 Tahoe Blvd., Incline Village; 775-831-1000; bitetahoe. com. A popular north Lake Tahoe bistro known for its eclectic menu. Campo: 50 N. Sierra St., Reno; 775-737-9555; camporeno.com. Chef/owner Mark Estee gives Italian-American cuisine a new twist. Charlie Palmer Steak Reno: Located inside the Grand Sierra Resort, 2500 E. Second St., Reno; 800-501-2651; charliepalmer.com. This steak house is known for fine food and an excellent wine list. MacDuff’s Public House: 1041 Fremont Ave., South Lake Tahoe; 530-542-8777; macduffspub.com. A local favorite that features wood-fired pizza. OTHER ATTRACTIONS Triple-A All-Star Baseball: Reno Aces Ballpark, 250 Evans Ave., Reno; 775-3347000; renoaces.com/allstar. See Major League Baseball’s future stars during the 2013 Triple-A All-Star events being held July 13–16, culminating with the all-star game on July 17. Terry Lee Wells Nevada Discovery Museum: 490 S. Center St., Reno; 775-786-1000; nvdm.org. An interactive museum full of exhibits that will engage children and parents. Wild Island Family Adventure Park: 250 Wild Island Court, Sparks; 775-359-2927; wildisland.com. The adventure park features waterslides, bowling, black-light miniature golf, go-karts and more. —M.B.

134

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 134

JULY 2013

ALASKA AIRLINES MAGAZINE

6/18/13 9:54 AM


Anchorage

Anchorage Co-op 2/3 v

border the lake. One of the area’s best is Edgewood Tahoe Golf Course, a George Fazio design on the southeastern shore. The Edgewood offers a picture-perfect setting, great golf and beautiful lake views. It is also the annual host of the American Century Celebrity Golf Championship, with this year’s tournament taking place July 16–21. Celebrities expected to tee it up at the televised event include Michael Jordan, Michael Phelps and Ray Romano, to name just a few. Other summer events that have become increasingly popular include the Red, White and Tahoe Blue, a weekend-long July Fourth celebration that culminates with a fireworks show over the lake. There is also the Lake Tahoe SummerFest, a three-week festival in August that combines classical music with fine arts and theater productions. One of the most unique arts settings in the area belongs to the Lake Tahoe Shakespeare Festival, where audiences watch the Bard’s plays on an outdoor stage located on the shores of the lake. Now in its 41st year, the acclaimed festival will perform Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream from July 12 to August 25 at Sand Harbor State Park in the North Shore’s Incline Village. From the scenic surroundings of Lake Tahoe, I drive out of the Sierra Nevada and back down to Reno. The beauty of the trip reminds me, once again, how lucky I am to live in this area. From the breathtaking scenery to the exciting special events involving everything from classic cars to camels, there’s something for everyone in the northern Nevada region. Ralph Waldo Emerson once wrote, “Life is a journey, not a destination.” In Reno and Lake Tahoe, both the journey and the destination reveal a splendor all their own. Mikalee Byerman is a Reno-based freelance writer.

Extraordinary Dentistry

AWARD-WINNING SMILES

EASY SCHEDULING · CARING TEAM · FLEXIBLE PAYMENT OPTIONS

Call today to learn about your smile design options. 907.262.6466 DR. JERRY HU

125 NORTH BINKLE Y ST, SOLDOTNA, AK 99669 · 907.262.6466 121 W FIREWEED LN SUITE 200, ANCHOR AGE, AK 99503 · 888.975.3888 smilesofalaska.com

getting there Alaska Airlines offers daily service to Reno, Nevada. For flight reservations, go to alaskaair.com or call 800-ALASKAAIR.

137

AAM 07.13 geReno.indd 137

6/18/13 9:54 AM





3/1/2013

Reno, Nevada Photograph by Grant Gunderson, Tandem


3/1/2013 Best For: Mixed groups of hard chargers, beginners, and nonskiers who’d rather do their gambling off the slopes This historic gold-mining town at the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains became one of America’s 20th-century gambling meccas before its current reinvention as a hip, outdoorsy city of university students, artists, and, yes, skiers. We know what you’re thinking, but Reno actually is a ski town. Not only is the better-than-you-think Mount Rose 25 miles from downtown, but Reno sits at the northern tip of Lake Tahoe’s constellation of ski areas as well—the densest concentration of ski resorts in North America. There are 18 resorts within a hundred miles of Reno’s international airport. Sure, Reno, population 225,221, still has plenty of casinos and nightclubs that party all night, but think of it as a smaller, more family-oriented Vegas. Set on the banks of the Truckee River, the pedestrianfriendly downtown has seen a much needed revamp worth hundreds of millions of dollars. It’s now filled with cafes, galleries, and artist’s lofts overlooking the river walk. A-list musicians routinely play at various venues, while those seeking a more classical experience can check out the nearby Reno Philharmonic or Nevada Shakespeare Company. Mount Rose, a 20-minute drive from downtown, isn’t the biggest or flashiest ski area in the region, but it’s less expensive than most, has an excellent beginner program, and its expert area, the Chutes, opened in 2004, serves up a buffet of 1,200-plus-feet, 45-degree, north-facing pitches. It also features the highest base elevation in the Tahoe region at 8,260 feet, helping it escape the rains that can despoil the region’s snowpack. Ask a Local Luke Jacobson is vice president and an engineer at Reno-based Moment Skis. He has lived in Reno for nine years and praises the “young entrepreneurial spirit in the area.” Here are his recommendations. Best Digs Budget: Sands Regency Casino Swank: Grand Sierra Resort Best Eats Cheap: Noble Pie Parlor Gourmet: Campo Best Aprés Spot Lincoln Lounge Best Rest-Day Activity Lake Tahoe and Donner Lake are always must-sees. Favorite Ski Run at Mount Rose When the Chutes is open on a powder day it can't be beat.


OLYMPIC VALLEY, Calif.—Western ski areas are making it easier for customers to slip off designated slopes and onto backcountry terrain, despite the higher risk to skiers and snowboarders who seek the thrill of unofficial and ungroomed trails. Lake Tahoe's Squaw Valley ski area opened backcountry access atop an experts-only peak called KT-22 last month as part of a pilot program with the U.S. Forest Service to let visitors ski and board "offpiste"—or on uncompacted snow—to Alpine Meadows, a resort a mile away. Sugar Bowl Resort, near Tahoe, has increased its marketing efforts for training to use its backcountry acreage, which it made easier to access in 2009 with a chairlift intended to open up more inbounds terrain. "If you're looking for untracked snow, this is the place to go," David Harake, a 39-year-old scientist from Oakland, Calif., said after he skied a backcountry slope behind Sugar Bowl last month. While no statistics are readily available on how many resorts have made it easier to reach their backcountry terrain, industry officials say such access generally has been increasing over the past decade amid an explosion in demand. In some cases, resorts are being told to create access by U.S. Forest Service officials who in turn are responding to pressure from skiers. "The trend has been clearly to open access to the backcountry, led by the Forest Service," said Michael Berry, president of the National Ski Areas Association, an industry group in Lakewood, Colo. "As ski equipment makes it easier and easier to go in the backcountry, the demand is there." But some critics say the resorts aren't doing enough to safeguard customers who venture outside the roped-off slopes, past the so-called gates, where the dangers include avalanches, falls off cliffs and getting lost—and where resorts seldom place ski patrols close at hand. "If a resort takes it upon itself to make their resort a passage to the backcountry, they then have an obligation to make sure those folks are out there in as safe a fashion as possible," said Dan Gregorie, founder and president of the California Ski and Snowboard Safety Organization. A physician, Dr. Gregorie founded the advocacy group after his 24-year-old daughter, Jessica, fell to her death in 2006 while traversing a ridge bordering a wilderness area next to a ski resort. Uniform statistics aren't available on total U.S. deaths and injuries of people skiing or riding into resort backcountry. The number of skiers and snowboarders killed by avalanches in the U.S.—many, but not all, in ski-resort backcountry—roughly doubled in the 2011 winter season from about 10 in 2006, according to the Colorado Avalanche Information Center, which serves an unofficial clearinghouse for national statistics.


Ski areas like Squaw and Sugar Bowl say they post warnings about the hazards and take safety precautions, essentially disclaiming liability and putting the responsibility onto skiers. "We want people to know their lives are literally in their hands when they go through that gate," said Mike Livak, senior vice president at Squaw, which along with Alpine Meadows is owned by KSL Capital Partners LLC. Sugar Bowl this season expanded programs to provide training and guides for backcountry travel, in partnership with Alpine Skills International, a mountain-guide firm. "Our adage was: 'Get in the know before you go,' " said John Monson, Sugar Bowl's director of marketing and sales. For years, many ski areas discouraged customers from leaving designated slopes and moving onto backcountry terrain, , although some resorts such as Sugar Bowl have maintained open boundaries for decades. Then more resorts began opening their gates, mostly in the Western U.S. Wyoming's Jackson Hole Mountain Resort, in 1999, was one of the first of the latest wave. Lake Tahoe's Heavenly Mountain Resort opened some in 2004. Driven by demand for backcountry access, others followed. Backcountry slopes have opened over the past five years at places like Grand Targhee Resort in Wyoming and Colorado's Telluride Ski Resort and Breckenridge Ski Resort. The number of skiers and snowboarders riding in nonresort backcountry rose 17% to 2.1 million in 201011 from 1.8 million in 2008-09, estimates SnowSports Industries America, a trade group in McLean, Va. In that period, the number using in-resort slopes—including groomed and ungroomed trails—rose 8% to 18.7 million from 17.3 million, it says. Resort officials say they take safety precautions. Bridger Bowl in Bozeman, Mont., requires skiers riding its new lift that accesses a popular backcountry area to carry avalanche transceiver beacons, a resort spokesman says. A Jackson Hole spokeswoman says that the resort placed gates strategically so as not to immediately put skiers into dangerous terrain and that it provides free training in use of avalanche beacons. Heavenly and Breckenridge "encourage our guests to leave the resort only through designated USFS access points, which provide important warnings or the phone numbers of organizations dedicated to snow safety," said Kristen Petitt Stewart, spokeswoman for Vail Resorts Inc., MTN +1.16% which owns both ski areas. An officials at Grand Targhee wasn't immediately available for comment. Some law-enforcement officials say skier rescues have increased after backcountry slopes opened. Sheriff Bill Masters of San Miguel County, Colo., says his department has gone from about five backcountry rescues a year to 20 since the Telluride Ski Resort opened gates into out-of-bounds territory in 2009. He and some other officials say the rescues can be costly, such as when a helicopter has to be deployed, while posing risk to rescuers. Mr. Masters says Telluride has promoted backcountry access without taking enough steps such as assigning a ski patrol to the area. "They provide lift service to allow the customer to go downhill from that point," Mr. Masters said. "They need to take responsibility for their customer." Jeff Proteau, the Telluride resort's director of planning, says the resort put in the gates at the direction of the U.S. Forest Service. A Forest Service spokesman says his agency was responding to skiers wanting legal access to public lands that were closed before. Mr. Proteau says Telluride posts warnings on the gates that tell customers they are at risk and on their own once they leave the resort. "Having those warning signs at the gate really makes people think before they go," he said.






















SAN FRANCISCO

The City 79˚ 55˚

SUNDAY! San Francisco

Sunny and clear.

APRIL 19, 2009

Wood brings warmth to Bernal Heights residence

PAGE 28

Meet the kayaking entrepreneur of South Beach PAGE 42 Keys to famed chef’s life

PAGE 15

FOR MORE OF THE BEST PHOTOS, LOCAL NEWS, OPINIONS AND SPORTS, CLICK ON

A director with clear focus

126991

The City’s Lourdes Portillo will be honored along with Hollywood’s elite at the S.F. International Film Festival PAGES 6-7


TRAVEL

S U N DAY, A P R I L 1 9 , 2 0 0 9

|

SA

27

FOR BREAKING TRAVEL NEWS, VISIT SFEXAMINER.COM TODAY’S ESCAPE: NAPA

BARGAIN

Beauty, bounty by the river By Kathleen Jay Special to The Examiner

IF YOU GO

T HAPPY HOUR AT THE BANK

$15 per person As part of the Westin Hotels’ “unwind” happy hour, the Westin Verasa Napa offers cocktails paired with the excellent menu from the Bank café. Each week, the experience changes, but on the day I was there, you could choose between a French 75 cocktail (with Champagne and Hennessy cognac) with rosti potatoes and American caviar; or a Napoleon in Moscow (Hennessy, Mandarin Napoleon and black tea liquor) served with soy-glazed pork belly with gingered Brussels sprouts slaw. — Kathleen Jay

SPLURGE

SPECIAL DINNER AT LA TOQUE

Starting at $150 per person At La Toque, a four-course meal is $88 per person; wine pairings for the four-course feast are $62 per person. However, chef Ken Frank’s menu is very flexible: a two-course meal is $49 (add $32 for wine pairing) or a three-course meal is $68 (add $48 for wine pairing).

LIFE BY NUMBERS

— Kathleen Jay

SQUARE MILES MAKING UP THE CITY OF NAPA

18.34

APPROXIMATE MILES FROM THE GOLDEN GATE BRIDGE TO THE CITY OF NAPA

50

YEAR NAPA WAS INCORPORATED

1872

he city of Napa — founded in 1847, current population 71,412 — is experiencing a major revitalization. Boutique hotels, high-end-but-relaxed restaurants, wine-tasting rooms and the Oxbow Public Market — a microcosm of the San Francisco Ferry Building’s farmer’s market — are flourishing in this pedestrianfriendly city located on the Napa River and Preserve (it’s not just the Napa Premium outlets drawing visitors to this area). On a visit a few weeks ago, the town was filled with visitors sampling the local gastronomy and viticulture or meandering on sunny walking trails along the river, as well as with shoppers strolling through a downtown filled with boutiques, bookstores, cafes and tasting rooms. WHERE TO STAY

Having opened less than a year ago, the Westin Verasa Napa is nothing short of a great hotel. The suites-only hotel features a large outdoor swimming pool, two p ro fe s s i o n a lsized bocce ball courts and two great places to dine: the Bank Cafe and Bar, which offers an open-air casual atmosphere for breakfast, lunch, dinner and drinks, and the excellent La Toque, helmed by Michelin-starred chef Ken Frank. When you enter the 180-suite hotel, you’ll be immediately impressed by the clean, elegant architecture — a mixture of NapaValley style and classic Craftsman design. Rooms are as large and airy as the main hall: Expect large living spaces, many of which have full kitchens, large bedrooms with Westin’s signature bedding, and

Napa

ALL: KATHLEEN JAY/SPECIAL TO THE EXAMINER

Elegant amenities: The Hog Island Oyster Co., above, is the perfect place to enjoy shellfish after perusing the markets at the Oxbow Public Market. The Westin Verasa Napa, below, is a luxurious hotel to stay in — its in-house eatery, La Toque, is divine.

marble-lined bathrooms. Valet-park your car, check in, unpack and head to the pool — an area surrounded by tables and chairs under fire torches — where you can order a glass of local wine or a cold drink and enjoy the area’s near-perfect weather. For those who enjoy a gourmet meal, there is no need to leave the hotel. La Toque — which chef Frank recently moved from Rutherford to Napa — offers a romantic dining room with a marble bar and many thoughtful touches such as beautiful bouquets of fresh flowers, intimate lighting and a bright, airy environment . The prixfixe menu changes weekly. Bargain hunters, take note: The restaurant offers a midweek, threecourse menu of Frank’s French regional cuisine from Monday to Thursday from 5:30 p.m. to 9 p.m. at $36 per person (reservations required). Without getting back into your car, you can also take advantage of the River Walk located behind the hotel’s fence — a short walk along the Napa River with unobstructed views of the valley. If you book at ideal times and prepay one week before arrival, room rates start at $139 per night. WHAT TO DO

Three blocks from the Westin —

past the Napa Wine Train Depot located across the street — is the Oxbow Public Market, a mostly indoor market with shops selling local produce, local meat, handmade ice cream, artisanal cheese and charcuterie, fresh-baked goods, and of course, Napa Valley wine. A pleasant (i.e., air-conditioned) escape from hot, sunny days that can bring the temperature in Napa during the summer to the high 90s, the market was filled with visitors enjoying casual meals, wine- and olive-oil tasting, and shopping for fresh produce, fish and meat. Some places worth stopping by include The Fatted Calf Charcuterie, Model Bakery, the Oxbow Wine Merchant Wine Bar, Oxbow Produce and Grocery, Folio To Go Winemakers, Pica Pica Maize Kitchen, The Olive Press, Three Twins Ice Cream and Hog Island Oyster Co. OFF WINE TASTING

If you haven’t had enough wine to taste at the Oxbow Market — or just want to do a vineyard tour, pick one place and enjoy it. My pick: Robert Sinskey Vineyards, a family-run vineyard and winery located on the Silverado Trail, about 10 minutes from the Westin. Known for its superb pinot noir, the tasting room offers

HOTEL: Located about 90 minutes from San Francisco, the Westin Verasa Napa is located at 1314 McKinstry St. in Napa (westin.com/verasanapa). RESTAURANTS: The Bank Café and Bar is located in the lobby of the Westin Verasa Napa. Best bets are the Bank’s breakfast and happy hour. For an intimate experience, make a reservation at La Toque (www. latoque.com). Offering a prix-fixe menu, the restaurant is nothing short of excellent. OUT AND ABOUT: The Oxbow Public Market is located at 610 and 644 First St. in Napa (www.oxbowpublicmarket.com). ONE WINERY AT A TIME: Robert Sinskey Vineyards is located at 6320 Silverado Trail in Napa (www.robertsinskey.com). PARK AND LET SOMEONE ELSE DRIVE: The very apt staff at the Westin can help you make arrangements for a car service to drive you around Napa and to nearby wineries. — Kathleen Jay

visitors an intimate food-andwine experience that may seem unexpected. For $20, expect a perfect pairing of four of Sinskey’s wines with four dishes, which are prepared in the open-air kitchen adjacent to the tasting bar. The winery — which only produces 25,000 cases per year — is a champion of bio-dynamic wines (read: organic). For those interested in discussing the process, the wine-pouring staff is very well-versed on the science behind the winemaking. Also, take a tour of the winery’s wine caves — they offer the perfect temperature for aging its wines without the use of air-conditioning. Lastly, meander around the grounds, which — in addition to vines — feature an organic garden, a large koi pond and several benches.


sExEcSFLrrll'trJiir*rriqiR-Rl Lolllrc_056 fO656 5159 O6Oal.lI J_43aC624 K FEBrI I{R rrcfliEl

tr SILuas

23 SUH|iANCl N6F|.l

06ze t22S6t FOO{55

cA 94559-5357


newso{-notes .

ski Ei eat Sk .oLrrtrys it.5i ten.l

\,

r { ) llr ] n: e I o 5u ll ll I

by.jtn nu ryhy

S U P T RT R A I \ ,I l , *'h h r L . r '1 t . , t i ,t ik l a . k s o r f l o e M o r nta r r R€sort5 n.!r tr.m ta[es 1 0 0 . [ e r i t ! t r e s u mm t !1Fen..zv.r s M.rnla n nlLrrlnnemfrtes lr l.rksor/D/e.."r

\ .(.

cocoa To Go

ht lr, t 1ttlt,.tnt.,t,rtt) : k v r k t r l r i 'r l ! ! l rl .rr..i h.lr.r rLrr rttlr. O.l).yrl li.iN,1 llr!,k H.( [R, i. 1., tr,v'rk tr] .[ fr llr)it .\/,.r,rl

HI G H SPI RI T S t s|l U/ ' \ 1. lllr lr ! I . 1 n 1. r . P' , , 1lilo i. 0 r l l \

tt).tj

I

B E S TA P R TSS (I trt,t I trLd

I t!t t/,, t )t i ,r

.,r r,t),nr. k, Jl h r 1.1kl ,r l ,,.ni l I r1. M,r k 1,,1.... r) r.1, Ll ,ri Lf I l l l l l r

i Lrk.rr.!l .r.J.rrl

-

TR T NC H ST A R l t,r l tir

I

t

5i i rJ-rol ). rrrr/r!r ,

t. l) 1! ttl l

L r lr r 1 ,tr r :i.lf

.1 1

r ,tr n f,lr r ,{ lT r .ltr ( r l.tr ir k

r , tr r L ' .rL ri r i,.r l

r 6 Dr l l) d tr r l.vfl l rtlr .k 1 6 5 { ) ! N.l.iM .tr L l

#;

h.lt i r.

,tl) ..r )

:,,' S WI S S S WA N K ArchitectNonnnn Fosteas renovrl on ol the Dold.r C r a n dl r o t e r r c l d e i a 3 p a nf.l. M.lre . stired r.sla!rant th..]o/def j Etano..n1

I 1,




And while it’s not as geologically well endowed as some of the more northerly destinations, Big Bear does offer some excellent downhill action. Supplemented by an extraordinarily robust snow-making system, conditions are almost always ideal at the area’s two mountain resorts, Snow Summit and Bear Mountain. For skiers, Snow Summit is the place to be, with dozens of challenging and intermediate trails that cut through some exceptionally picturesque countryside. The resort’s Family Park, a slow skiing and riding zone, is perfect for both winter sports novices and for East Coast expats looking to reacquire long-lost “ski legs.” Bear Mountain, meanwhile, is one of the premier snowboarding destinations in the country, with some of the most progressive freestyle terrain parks in the world.

Where to Stay:

Five Star Vacation Rentals

Rough

Black Diamonds in the

Turns out some of the world’s truly great skiing and snowboarding is just a car ride away from L.A.

Ah, California.

Home to endless sunshine, expansive sandy beaches, searing inland deserts and enough By Josh Jenisch, tanning salons Special Sections Writer to challenge the very dominion of the sun. Sure, it’s one of the world’s preeminent sandand-surf destinations, but there’s another side to California: a colder, whiter, more slippery side. Our fair state isn’t just home to cleverly named meteorologists and 6,000 amusement parks, it’s also

home to some of the greatest skiing and snowboarding on the planet, with unfathomably diverse natural terrain and enough deep powder to make poor Oregon cringe with embarrassment. And the best part about this abundance of alpine riches is that most of it is absurdly accessible — just a car ride away. Here’s our look at a few of the best ski and snowboard destinations in California (OK, one’s in Utah). Let it be your guide this winter season as you strike out on downhill adventures all your own.

Big Bear Southern California’s most frequented winter destination, Big Bear is just a couple of hours away from L.A. — not including the inevitable pit stop you’ll need to make halfway up the snaking CA-18 to enjoy the view. The town itself is one of the region’s real gems: quaint without a hint of pretension. Plus, it’s secluded without feeling isolated — the setting for a heartwarming Bing Crosby Christmas film rather than a there’s-no-cellreception serial-killer flick.

Despite its popularity with wealthy denizens of the coast, Big Bear has yet to give in to the kind of gratuitous development you might expect, which is great. There are plenty of high-end (yet rustic) rental cabins here, many of which include all of the modern amenities you’d expect from a top-tier hotel and sleep as many as 14 guests, which can bring your individual costs down significantly. We love Five Star Vacation Rentals (www.fivestarbigbear.com), which represents a host of fabulous properties (several of which are slopeside) at very reasonable rates.

Mammoth Though not nearly as pastoral as Big Bear, Mammoth is still delightfully understated for a major California winter retreat. It’s got the feel of a Swiss mountain village, where the entirety of the place — from the shops to the restaurants to the locals — is devoted to winter sports. The mountain itself is one of the best in California, with wide, sweeping trails and the kind of pristine powder that makes you almost feel guilty for riding through it. For those used to SoCal skiing, Mammoth seems particularly vast, with more than 3,500 acres of terrain and 3,100 vertical feet that will require more than a day pass to fully explore. Mammoth is also the highest ski resort in California, and, due in part to the weather-altering effects of its 11,000 feet, the mountain experiences 400 inches of annual snowfall and 300 days of sunshine every year — a delicious combination that makes for a ski season that typically lasts into June. Boarders will find much to love here as well, with

$750,000 in capital improvements having been recently made to the Unbound Terrain Park. For those keeping track, that makes seven terrain parks, three pipes, 65 jibs, 50 jumps and more than 6 million ways to break your leg.

Facing page: Northstar at Tahoe is a cliff-hucker’s delight. This page, clockwise from top: Mammoth’s high-speed gondola; The Village at Northstar at Tahoe; Whitebark restaurant at The Monache in Mammoth.

Where to Stay:

The Westin Monache

Frankly, we never stay anywhere else when visiting Mammoth. The Monache (www.westin. com/mammoth), which opened last year, is an exercise in unmatched alpine opulence, a sanctuary of earthly indulgences set against a backdrop of arctic splendor. Rich native stonework adorns the walls and an immaculate wooden floor evokes memories of a long-ago winter vacation that you never took. And though there’s a palpable rustic vibe, there’s definitely a modern flair as well. Our favorite on-site activity? Taking the stairway down from the back of the hotel to a waiting gondola, which whisks you to the top of the mountain.

Tahoe Though long cherished by Californians for its epic powder and the variety of its terrain, Tahoe is finally emerging on the national stage as a premier winter sports destination. Whether you call it a Vail for the West Coast or Whistler South, Tahoe really is a California treasure — an opportunity to experience truly world-class skiing and snowboarding in our own backyard. Situated in the Sierra Mountain Range overlooking the second-largest alpine lake in North America, Tahoe is home to the largest concentration of ski resorts in the U.S. (or Canada, for that matter). As with Mammoth, Tahoe enjoys nearly 300 days of sunshine a year, and the views from its various summits are simply staggering. The area’s sheer size (there are more than 17,000 skiable acres) can be overwhelming at first, but its vastness is also its greatest asset. There’s just so much variety here — from slow, meandering novice cruisers to off-piste screamers. There’s something for every skill level.

And don’t miss: Where to Stay:

Northstar at Tahoe

Bear Valley Bear Valley Lodge (www.bearvalleylodge.com) Sierra Summit Sierra Summit Inn (www.sierrasummit.com/ sierrasummit_lodging.php) Brian Head (Utah) Cedar Breaks Lodge (www.cedarbreakslodge.com)

In the Lake Tahoe area, you’ve got your choice of some of the best ski resorts in the U.S., but we always like the vibe at Northstar at Tahoe (www. northstarattahoe.com). First of all, it’s gorgeous, with a subdued alpine architectural theme that thoughtfully complements the local environs. Second, it’s entirely selfcontained, thanks to the new Village at Northstar, which boasts numerous restaurants, bars, shops, grocers and a gas station — it’s even got a 9,000-square-foot ice rink. Third, it’s got the best après-ski scene in Tahoe — hands down. But the real reason we love the place is the mountain. Northstar’s little corner of paradise is home to some of Tahoe’s finest runs, with 89 trails, 2,900 skiable acres and several of the best terrain parks on the West Coast.


> TRAVEL INSIDER where to

go

what to

do

where to

eat

where to

stay

compiled by jenn snively

> where to stay

Nice and Easy in Napa Fine wine and dining has a new home in Napa, Calif., thanks to the new Westin Verasa. This 180-suite hotel is located a couple of blocks from Downtown Napa, so you can spend your days sampling locally grown produce and cuisine at the Oxbow Public Market, touring Napa’s renowned wineries, and perhaps enjoying a wine tasting course at COPIA, The American Center for Wine, Food, and the Arts. Come back to the Westin for a cocktail at the Unwind Evening Ritual, when, at sunset, the hotel holds activities and performances based on local culture. After dark, take in the views of rolling hills and the Napa River as you dine on the patio of La Toque, famed Chef Ken Frank’s upscale eatery. La Toque recently relocated to the hotel from nearby Rutherford and was named one of America’s Best Restaurants by The Wine Spectator. Experience Napa both inside and out. After touring local vineyards, sample Chef Ken Frank’s (inset) famed cuisine at La Toque in Napa.

> what to do

from top: can balcioglu/shutterstock; courtesy of Immobilier Playground; istockphoto (2)

1> Raise Your Glass Hosted along one of the most picturesque coastlines in California, the Pebble Beach Food & Wine Festival is the premier epicurean-lifestyle event of the year. Taking place April 16–19, 2009, this culinary love fest brings together internationally acclaimed chefs and wineries for a weekend of eating, drinking, and overall merrymaking. Whether it’s an hour-long cooking demonstration with some of the world’s top-notch chefs, a wine seminar on blending your own cuvee from multiple grape varieties, or the final celebration at the Grand Tasting Tent, the festival is chock-full of events for anyone who loves food and wine.

calendar of events

2009 Spring Events

Wine Festival April 16–19, 2009 Pebble Beach, Calif. ■

Antigua Sailing Week April 25–30, 2009 Antigua

Kentucky Derby May 2, 2009 Churchill Downs, Louisville, Ky.

2> It’s an Ace The eyes of the golf world will fall on Marana, Ariz. in February, when the beautiful and newly opened Ritz-Carlton Golf Club at Dove Mountain will host the Accenture Match Play Championship February 23–March 1, 2009. Billed as the cornerstone of the World Golf Championships, this five-day event pits the top 64 golfers from the official world rankings against each other for the opportunity to etch their names in the history books. Don’t miss top competitors such as Stewart Cink and Geoff Ogilvy and, pending recovery after knee surgery, last year’s winner, Tiger Woods.

Pebble Beach Food &

Cannes Film Festival May 13–24, 2009 Cannes, France

Monaco Grand Prix May 24, 2009 Monaco, France

U.S. Open Championship June 15–21, 2009 Bethpage State Park, Farmingdale, N.Y.

ISSUE 1, 2009 DESTINATION: VACATION 3




-7t

.JJ

I w.

l-- --_|

J

C t

! { :


@ &AsoenHEnlandsand Sndlrnas6.-Colorado

lO.St ambgat, Colotado oojumihD rmlbsr 40 b 45 degrrricb

'6@ghsrbar{sb!bft Dqiq4daedoheh

Dqera&d}rh1 +dqud. dmn td.

bep!i4

di Ldaln

Aid ldrofsh t\ o$ { rour( dna ftb

htrtr rhpr i0 rsfr!

stamtul iun

b--rue d! [n tuq

I Squaw\Alley,California H.lEdy'$lheDghli!N|u!Mddo'l

!rH{r n*ru;

Feadf3speak

ioo^,-d".-di Lnls;hd

rEd

o

Fil

.'!.

"+".

bglftltdns'ti!DNcu&dbehunry rotrs, dihsrnEd updr+.j

6li.l|rmnoth. C.llf om|a 6rieQto.eFdulruhdr&Llhln !ood.del&Pooiana(bn6hblbhgb

































Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.